1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
61 \font_typewriter default
62 \font_default_family default
63 \use_non_tex_fonts false
70 \default_output_format default
72 \bibtex_command default
73 \index_command default
77 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
78 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
82 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
83 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
84 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
89 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
90 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
100 \paperorientation portrait
103 \notefontcolor #0000ff
120 \paragraph_separation indent
121 \paragraph_indentation default
122 \quotes_language english
125 \paperpagestyle default
126 \tracking_changes false
127 \output_changes false
143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
145 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
147 \begin_inset CommandInset href
149 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
160 \begin_inset Newline newline
164 \begin_inset Newline newline
168 \begin_inset Note Note
171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
172 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
173 \begin_inset Newline newline
178 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
186 \begin_layout Standard
187 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
188 LatexCommand tableofcontents
195 \begin_layout Chapter
199 \begin_layout Section
203 \begin_layout Standard
204 LyX is a document preparation system.
205 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
206 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
207 It is unlike most other
208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
215 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
217 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
233 pt type, left justified, 5
234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
242 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
246 \begin_layout Standard
247 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
260 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
264 \begin_layout Standard
266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
277 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
278 the format of all of the manuals.
279 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
280 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 \begin_layout Section
301 \begin_layout Standard
302 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
304 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
305 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
309 \begin_layout Standard
310 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
311 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
312 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
314 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
315 only a vertical scrollbar.
316 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
317 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
318 This, however, is due
319 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
320 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
321 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
322 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
324 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
325 this doesn't work for equations yet.
328 \begin_layout Standard
329 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
337 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
342 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
343 ing sections of this documentation.
346 \begin_layout Section
350 \begin_layout Standard
351 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
356 of the manuals from inside LyX.
357 Just select the manual you want read from the
364 \begin_layout Section
366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
368 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
375 \begin_layout Standard
376 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
377 without resorting to configuration files.
378 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
379 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
380 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
385 \begin_inset Index idx
388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
395 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
396 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
401 \begin_inset space \space{}
404 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
405 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
407 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
411 \begin_inset Index idx
414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
415 Reconfiguration of LyX
420 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
423 \begin_layout Section
425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
427 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
434 \begin_layout Standard
435 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
436 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
438 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
439 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
443 \begin_layout Standard
444 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
446 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
447 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
450 \begin_layout Standard
451 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
452 you can view from the menu
454 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
473 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
474 reconfigure LyX (menu
476 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
480 \begin_inset Note Note
483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
484 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
492 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
493 More about TeX Code is described in section
498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
500 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
504 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
511 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
521 \begin_inset Index idx
524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
525 Reconfiguration of LyX
530 See section 5.1 of the
534 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
537 \begin_layout Chapter
541 \begin_layout Section
542 Basic File Operations
543 \begin_inset Index idx
546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
555 \begin_layout Standard
560 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
561 in addition to some more advanced operations:
564 \begin_layout Itemize
568 \begin_inset Graphics
569 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
576 \begin_layout Itemize
594 \begin_layout Itemize
600 \begin_inset Graphics
601 filename ../images/file-open.png
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
628 \begin_layout Itemize
638 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
662 \begin_layout Itemize
668 \begin_layout Itemize
674 \begin_layout Itemize
680 \begin_inset Graphics
681 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
688 \begin_layout Itemize
694 \begin_layout Standard
695 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
696 a few minor differences.
699 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
714 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
715 you for a template to use.
716 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
717 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
718 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
726 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
733 \begin_layout Standard
734 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
766 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
767 space is just that — a big, blank space.
775 \begin_layout Standard
796 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
801 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
826 will reload the document from disk.
827 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
828 and want to restore it to the last save.
837 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
838 can identify them as your changes.
841 \begin_layout Section
842 Basic Editing Features
843 \begin_inset Index idx
846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
855 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
862 \begin_layout Standard
863 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
864 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
865 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
866 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
868 We'll start with cut and paste.
871 \begin_layout Standard
872 As you might expect, the
876 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
877 various other editing features.
878 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
882 \begin_layout Itemize
888 \begin_inset Graphics
889 filename ../images/cut.png
896 \begin_layout Itemize
902 \begin_inset Graphics
903 filename ../images/copy.png
910 \begin_layout Itemize
916 \begin_inset Graphics
917 filename ../images/paste.png
924 \begin_layout Itemize
934 \begin_layout Itemize
944 \begin_layout Itemize
958 \begin_inset Graphics
959 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
967 \begin_layout Standard
968 The first three are self-explanatory.
969 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
970 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
979 keys also function as the
984 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
985 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
990 to get back the lost text.
993 \begin_layout Standard
994 \begin_inset Index idx
997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1003 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1015 \begin_layout Standard
1018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1023 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1034 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1040 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1049 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1050 will start a new paragraph.
1053 \begin_layout Standard
1054 \begin_inset Index idx
1057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1064 \begin_inset Index idx
1067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1075 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1099 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1104 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 button to skip the current word.
1125 \begin_inset space ~
1130 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1134 \begin_inset space ~
1139 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1141 If the toggle is set, searching for
1142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1153 will not match the word
1154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 Match whole words only
1170 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1201 \begin_layout Standard
1202 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1203 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1205 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1210 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1217 \begin_layout Section
1219 \begin_inset Index idx
1222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1229 \begin_inset Index idx
1232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1241 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1248 \begin_layout Standard
1249 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1250 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1253 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1256 or the toolbar button
1257 \begin_inset Graphics
1258 filename ../images/undo.png
1262 to undo some mistake.
1263 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1265 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1268 or the toolbar button
1269 \begin_inset Graphics
1270 filename ../images/redo.png
1275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1282 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1286 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1289 \begin_layout Standard
1290 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1299 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1300 This is a consequence of the 100
1301 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1304 step undo limit, above.
1307 \begin_layout Standard
1316 work on almost everything in LyX.
1317 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1321 \begin_layout Section
1323 \begin_inset Index idx
1326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1335 \begin_layout Standard
1336 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1339 \begin_layout Enumerate
1344 \begin_layout Itemize
1349 once anywhere in the edit window.
1350 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1354 \begin_layout Enumerate
1359 \begin_layout Itemize
1365 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1368 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1371 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1374 \begin_layout Itemize
1375 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1377 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1384 \begin_layout Enumerate
1385 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1389 \begin_layout Standard
1390 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1391 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1395 \begin_layout Enumerate
1400 \begin_layout Standard
1405 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1410 \begin_layout Section
1412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1414 name "sec:Navigating"
1419 \begin_inset Index idx
1422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1431 \begin_layout Standard
1432 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1435 \begin_layout Itemize
1440 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1441 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1444 \begin_layout Itemize
1447 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1450 or the toolbar button
1451 \begin_inset Graphics
1452 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1459 \begin_layout Standard
1460 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1461 (TOC) that is described in section
1462 \begin_inset space ~
1466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1468 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1473 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1474 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1475 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1476 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1477 to the document, see section
1478 \begin_inset space ~
1482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1484 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1493 option sorts the current list, and the
1497 option keeps it in the current view state.
1498 Keeping means that when you have e.
1499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1503 \begin_inset space \space{}
1506 the subsections of section
1507 \begin_inset space ~
1510 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1511 \begin_inset space ~
1514 3, the subsections of section
1515 \begin_inset space ~
1518 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1523 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1524 \begin_inset space ~
1530 \begin_layout Standard
1532 \begin_inset space \space{}
1536 \begin_inset Graphics
1537 filename ../images/down.png
1542 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1547 \begin_inset space \space{}
1551 \begin_inset Graphics
1552 filename ../images/up.png
1557 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1561 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1563 So you can for example move section
1564 \begin_inset space ~
1568 \begin_inset space ~
1572 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1574 \begin_inset Graphics
1575 filename ../images/promote.png
1580 \begin_inset Graphics
1581 filename ../images/demote.png
1585 or the corresponding key bindings
1593 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1594 So you can for example make section
1595 \begin_inset space ~
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1609 \begin_layout Standard
1611 \begin_inset Graphics
1612 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1617 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1618 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1619 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1620 go back to your last editing position.
1623 \begin_layout Section
1624 Input / Word Completion
1625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1627 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1632 \begin_inset Index idx
1635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1642 \begin_inset Index idx
1645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1676 \begin_layout Standard
1677 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1679 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1680 is used to propose completions.
1683 \begin_layout Standard
1684 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1685 there are completions available.
1686 You can then press the
1690 key to use this completion.
1691 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1692 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1693 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1700 \begin_layout Standard
1701 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1703 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1706 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1708 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1711 by deselecting the option
1718 Automatic inline completion
1720 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1721 To accept this proposal, use the
1730 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1731 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1733 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1739 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1746 \begin_layout Section
1748 \begin_inset Index idx
1751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1758 \begin_inset Index idx
1761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1790 \begin_inset Index idx
1793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1824 \begin_layout Standard
1825 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1826 LyX's default is CUA.
1829 \begin_layout Standard
1833 \begin_inset space ~
1841 \begin_inset space ~
1862 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1866 \begin_layout Labeling
1867 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1871 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1872 LatexCommand nomenclature
1874 description "Tabulator key"
1880 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1881 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1882 \begin_inset space ~
1886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1888 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1895 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1899 , especially section
1900 \begin_inset space ~
1904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1906 reference "sub:Lists"
1912 If you're still confused, look in the
1919 \begin_layout Labeling
1920 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1924 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1925 LatexCommand nomenclature
1927 description "Escape key"
1934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1941 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1942 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1945 \begin_layout Labeling
1946 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1952 \begin_inset space ~
1956 \begin_inset space ~
1963 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1964 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1968 \begin_layout Standard
1969 There are three modifier keys:
1972 \begin_layout Labeling
1973 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1991 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1992 LatexCommand nomenclature
1994 description "Control key"
1998 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1999 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2003 \begin_layout Itemize
2012 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2015 \begin_layout Itemize
2024 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2027 \begin_layout Itemize
2036 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2040 \begin_layout Labeling
2041 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2059 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2060 LatexCommand nomenclature
2062 description "Shift key"
2066 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2067 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2070 \begin_layout Labeling
2071 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2089 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2090 LatexCommand nomenclature
2092 description "Alt or Meta key"
2096 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2097 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2098 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2104 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2106 menu accelerator keys
2109 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2110 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2114 \begin_layout Standard
2115 For example, the sequence
2116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2122 \begin_inset space ~
2126 \begin_inset space ~
2132 \begin_inset space ~
2140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2159 \begin_inset space ~
2165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2175 \begin_layout Standard
2180 manual lists all other things bound to the
2188 \begin_layout Standard
2189 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2190 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2191 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2192 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2193 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2194 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2195 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2196 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2212 followed by a capital
2219 \begin_layout Standard
2220 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2222 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2227 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2230 as explained in sec.
2231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2237 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2244 \begin_layout Chapter
2246 \begin_inset Index idx
2249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 \begin_layout Section
2260 \begin_inset Index idx
2263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2272 \begin_layout Subsection
2276 \begin_layout Standard
2277 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2278 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2279 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2280 numbering schemes, and so on.
2281 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2282 and format the title of your document differently.
2285 \begin_layout Standard
2290 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2291 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2292 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2293 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2294 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2297 \begin_layout Standard
2298 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2299 how to adjust their properties.
2302 \begin_layout Subsection
2304 \begin_inset Index idx
2307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2316 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2323 \begin_layout Standard
2324 You can select a class using the
2326 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2327 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2331 \begin_inset Index idx
2334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2341 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2345 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2349 \begin_layout Standard
2350 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2354 \begin_layout Description
2355 Article for basic articles
2358 \begin_layout Description
2359 Report for basic reports
2362 \begin_layout Description
2363 Book for writing a book
2366 \begin_layout Description
2367 Letter for US-style letters
2370 \begin_layout Standard
2371 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2372 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2373 will include many of these.
2374 Here are some of the classes.
2375 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2377 Special Document Classes
2386 \begin_layout Description
2387 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2390 \begin_layout Description
2391 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2395 \begin_layout Description
2396 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2400 \begin_layout Description
2401 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2402 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2403 There are three article layouts available.
2404 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2405 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2406 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2407 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2412 sequential numbering
2413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2416 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2417 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2418 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2419 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2422 \begin_layout Description
2423 Beamer Layout for presentations
2426 \begin_layout Description
2427 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2428 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2432 \begin_layout Description
2433 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2436 \begin_layout Description
2438 \begin_inset space ~
2441 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2444 \begin_layout Description
2445 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2448 \begin_layout Description
2449 Foils Used to make transparencies
2452 \begin_layout Description
2453 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2454 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2458 \begin_layout Description
2459 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2460 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2463 \begin_layout Description
2464 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2471 \begin_layout Description
2472 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2473 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2474 (Is used by this document.)
2477 \begin_layout Description
2478 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2485 \begin_layout Description
2490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2497 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2498 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2500 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2503 \begin_layout Description
2504 Slides Used to make transparencies
2507 \begin_layout Description
2509 \begin_inset space ~
2512 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2513 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2516 \begin_layout Description
2517 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2520 \begin_layout Standard
2521 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2523 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2529 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2530 of the document classes.
2533 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2537 \begin_layout Standard
2538 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2542 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2544 \begin_inset Index idx
2547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2564 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2569 \begin_inset space ~
2576 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2577 that are not installed to produce output.
2578 So it seems that something is wrong.
2581 \begin_layout Standard
2582 But nothing is wrong.
2583 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2584 and some of them, like
2588 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2589 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2590 files, with a growing number.
2591 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2592 by some document class.
2593 There are just too many of them.
2594 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2597 \begin_layout Standard
2598 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2599 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2600 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2601 document class for a new file.
2602 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2607 Installing new LaTeX files
2608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2615 manual for information on how to install them.
2616 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2622 \begin_layout Standard
2623 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2624 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2626 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2627 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2628 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2630 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2633 \begin_inset space ~
2640 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2643 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2645 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2652 \begin_inset Index idx
2655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2664 \begin_layout Standard
2665 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2666 chosen document class.
2667 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2668 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2675 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2679 \begin_inset Index idx
2682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2689 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2693 \begin_layout Standard
2694 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2695 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2696 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2697 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2698 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2699 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2700 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2702 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2706 \begin_inset Index idx
2709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2710 Reconfiguration of LyX
2716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2719 Installing new LaTeX files
2720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2727 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2730 \begin_layout Standard
2731 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2739 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2740 LyX will advise you about these things.
2748 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2752 \begin_layout Standard
2753 Each class has a default set of options.
2754 Here's a quick table describing them:
2757 \begin_layout Standard
2758 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2764 \begin_layout Standard
2766 \begin_inset Tabular
2767 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2768 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2771 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2772 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2773 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3227 \begin_layout Standard
3228 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3234 \begin_layout Standard
3235 You're probably also wondering what
3236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3240 \begin_inset space ~
3244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3248 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3249 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3254 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3259 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3269 headings, there are also
3277 headings, and so on.
3278 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3279 \begin_inset space ~
3283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3285 reference "sub:Headings"
3292 \begin_layout Subsection
3294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3296 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3301 \begin_inset Index idx
3304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3313 \begin_inset Index idx
3316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3325 \begin_layout Standard
3326 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3328 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3339 \begin_inset space ~
3344 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3346 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3347 to use for your document.
3348 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3352 \begin_layout Standard
3359 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3365 \begin_inset space ~
3370 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3371 You can choose between the following five options:
3374 \begin_layout Labeling
3375 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3380 Use default page style of current class.
3383 \begin_layout Labeling
3384 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3389 No page numbers or headings.
3392 \begin_layout Labeling
3393 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3401 \begin_layout Labeling
3402 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3407 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3408 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3409 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3412 \begin_layout Labeling
3413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3418 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3424 \begin_inset Index idx
3427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3428 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3434 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3435 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3437 Check the documentation for the
3441 package for more details,
3442 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3451 \begin_layout Standard
3456 of paragraphs is described in section
3457 \begin_inset space ~
3461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3463 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3470 \begin_layout Subsection
3471 Paper Size and Orientation
3472 \begin_inset Index idx
3475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3476 Document ! Paper size
3482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3484 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3491 \begin_layout Standard
3492 You'll find the following options in the menu
3495 \begin_inset space ~
3500 of the dialog of the
3502 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3508 \begin_inset Index idx
3511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3520 \begin_layout Labeling
3521 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3525 \begin_inset space ~
3530 What size paper to print on.
3534 \begin_layout Itemize
3540 \begin_layout Itemize
3550 \begin_layout Itemize
3556 \begin_layout Itemize
3562 \begin_layout Itemize
3568 \begin_layout Itemize
3574 \begin_layout Itemize
3580 \begin_layout Labeling
3581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3586 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3597 \begin_layout Labeling
3598 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3602 \begin_inset space ~
3607 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3608 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3611 \begin_layout Subsection
3613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3620 \begin_inset Index idx
3623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3630 \begin_inset Index idx
3633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3642 \begin_layout Standard
3643 Paper margins are set in the menu
3645 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3649 \begin_inset Index idx
3652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3661 \begin_layout Standard
3662 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3663 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3664 the paper format and the font size into account.
3667 \begin_layout Subsection
3671 \begin_layout Standard
3672 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3677 That includes the paragraph environments.
3678 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3679 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3680 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3681 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3690 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3692 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3693 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3694 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3697 \begin_layout Section
3698 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3699 \begin_inset Index idx
3702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3703 Paragraph ! Indentation
3711 \begin_layout Subsection
3713 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3715 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3722 \begin_layout Standard
3723 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3724 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3727 \begin_layout Standard
3728 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3729 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3730 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3731 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3735 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3741 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3742 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3743 language than English.
3744 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3747 \begin_layout Standard
3748 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3749 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3751 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3752 LyX takes care of that.
3753 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3755 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3756 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3757 of a page, and so on.
3761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3762 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3767 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3768 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3772 of these pre-coded spacings.
3773 We'll explain more later.
3776 \begin_layout Subsection
3777 Paragraph Separation
3778 \begin_inset Index idx
3781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3782 Paragraph ! Separation
3790 \begin_layout Standard
3791 To separate paragraphs, select
3802 \begin_inset space ~
3809 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3813 \begin_inset Index idx
3816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3822 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3823 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3824 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3827 \begin_layout Standard
3837 \begin_layout Standard
3838 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3839 \begin_inset space ~
3843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3845 reference "cap:Units"
3850 The default length is 30
3851 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3857 \begin_layout Subsection
3861 \begin_layout Standard
3862 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3865 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3867 \begin_inset space ~
3872 dialog and toggle the
3875 \begin_inset space ~
3880 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3883 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3887 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3888 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3892 \begin_layout Standard
3893 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3894 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3897 \begin_layout Subsection
3899 \begin_inset Index idx
3902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3903 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3911 \begin_layout Standard
3914 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3918 \begin_inset Index idx
3921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3930 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3933 \begin_inset space ~
3942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3943 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3948 \begin_inset Index idx
3951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3952 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3957 installed to use this feature.
3965 \begin_layout Section
3966 Paragraph Environments
3967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3974 \begin_inset Index idx
3977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3978 Paragraph ! Environments
3984 \begin_inset Index idx
3987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3988 Paragraph environments|(
3996 \begin_layout Subsection
4000 \begin_layout Standard
4001 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4004 \begin_layout Standard
4023 \begin_inset Newline newline
4026 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4027 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4028 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4037 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4040 \begin_layout Standard
4041 A paragraph environment is simply a
4042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4049 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4050 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4051 scheme, labels, and so on.
4052 Additionally, you can
4053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4060 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4061 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4062 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4063 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4064 days of typewriters.
4065 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4067 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4070 \begin_layout Standard
4071 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4072 \begin_inset Graphics
4073 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4079 at the left end of the toolbar.
4080 LyX will change the environment of the
4084 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4085 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4086 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4090 \begin_layout Standard
4099 create a new paragraph using the
4103 paragraph environment.
4105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4112 because if you are in one of these environments:
4115 \begin_layout Itemize
4121 \begin_layout Itemize
4127 \begin_layout Itemize
4133 \begin_layout Itemize
4139 \begin_layout Itemize
4145 \begin_layout Itemize
4151 \begin_layout Itemize
4157 \begin_layout Standard
4158 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4162 , rather than resetting it to
4167 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4168 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4169 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4170 \begin_inset space ~
4174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4176 reference "sec:Nesting"
4181 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4186 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4187 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4191 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4197 \begin_layout Subsection
4201 \begin_layout Standard
4202 The default paragraph environment is
4207 It creates a plain paragraph.
4208 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4209 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4210 this manual) are in the
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4218 You can nest a paragraph using the
4222 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4230 \begin_layout Subsection
4232 \begin_inset Index idx
4235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4244 \begin_layout Standard
4245 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4254 for thanks or contact information.
4255 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4256 page along with today's date.
4257 For other types of documents, the title
4258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4265 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4269 \begin_layout Standard
4270 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4284 Here's how you use them:
4287 \begin_layout Itemize
4288 Put the title of your document in the
4295 \begin_layout Itemize
4296 Put the author name in the
4303 \begin_layout Itemize
4304 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4305 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4311 Note that using this environment is optional.
4312 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4313 If you don't want any date, add the line
4314 \begin_inset Newline newline
4324 \begin_inset Newline newline
4327 to the preamble of your document (menu
4329 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4335 \begin_layout Standard
4336 You can use footnotes to insert
4337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4344 or contact information.
4347 \begin_layout Subsection
4349 \begin_inset Index idx
4352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4368 \begin_layout Standard
4369 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4370 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4373 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4375 \begin_inset Index idx
4378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4379 Section headings ! Numbered
4387 \begin_layout Standard
4388 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4392 \begin_layout Enumerate
4398 \begin_layout Enumerate
4404 \begin_layout Enumerate
4410 \begin_layout Enumerate
4416 \begin_layout Enumerate
4422 \begin_layout Enumerate
4428 \begin_layout Enumerate
4434 \begin_layout Standard
4435 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4436 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4437 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4440 \begin_layout Standard
4441 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4442 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4443 You group the book into chapters.
4444 LyX does similar grouping:
4447 \begin_layout Itemize
4452 is divided in either
4463 \begin_layout Itemize
4475 \begin_layout Itemize
4487 \begin_layout Itemize
4499 \begin_layout Itemize
4511 \begin_layout Itemize
4523 \begin_layout Standard
4524 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4532 Not all document types use the
4536 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4541 is the top-level heading.
4549 \begin_layout Standard
4554 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4555 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4557 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4569 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4571 \begin_inset Index idx
4574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4575 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4583 \begin_layout Standard
4584 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4588 \begin_layout Enumerate
4594 \begin_layout Enumerate
4600 \begin_layout Enumerate
4606 \begin_layout Enumerate
4612 \begin_layout Enumerate
4618 \begin_layout Standard
4620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4627 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4628 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4629 table of contents, see section
4630 \begin_inset space ~
4634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4643 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4644 Changing the Numbering
4645 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4647 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4654 \begin_layout Standard
4655 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4656 in the Table of Contents.
4657 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4659 Certain classes start with
4673 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4683 This is something you can change.
4686 \begin_layout Standard
4689 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4695 \begin_inset Index idx
4698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4709 \begin_inset space ~
4713 \begin_inset space ~
4718 you'll see two counters.
4723 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4725 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4729 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4730 Short Titles of Headings
4731 \begin_inset Index idx
4734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4735 Section headings ! Short titles
4741 \begin_inset Argument
4744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4753 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4760 \begin_layout Standard
4761 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4762 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4763 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4764 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4767 \begin_layout Standard
4768 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4769 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4770 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4771 To specify a short title, use the menu
4773 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4775 \begin_inset space ~
4781 This will insert a box labeled
4782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4797 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4798 This also works for captions inside floats.
4801 \begin_layout Standard
4802 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4805 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4809 \begin_layout Standard
4810 The following information applies to all section headings:
4813 \begin_layout Itemize
4814 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4817 \begin_layout Itemize
4818 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4821 \begin_layout Itemize
4822 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4825 \begin_layout Itemize
4826 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4829 \begin_layout Subsection
4830 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4833 \begin_layout Standard
4834 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4848 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4849 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4850 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4851 the text they contain.
4852 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4860 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4863 \begin_layout Standard
4864 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4873 when you start a new paragraph.
4874 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4878 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4879 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4880 to change back to the
4884 environment yourself.
4887 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4904 \begin_inset Index idx
4907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4916 \begin_layout Standard
4917 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4918 time for the differences.
4927 are identical except for one difference:
4931 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4940 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4943 \begin_layout Standard
4944 Here's an example of the
4957 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4959 See – no indentation!
4963 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4964 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4965 the other paragraph.
4968 \begin_layout Standard
4969 Here's another example, this time in the
4976 \begin_layout Quotation
4982 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4983 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4984 the first line, then
4988 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4992 you were quoting other text.
4995 \begin_layout Quotation
4996 Here's a new paragraph.
4997 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4998 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5001 \begin_layout Standard
5002 As the examples show,
5006 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5007 They should put quotes in the
5012 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5016 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5019 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5025 \begin_inset Index idx
5028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5037 \begin_inset Index idx
5040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5047 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5056 \begin_layout Standard
5061 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5067 \begin_inset Newline newline
5070 Which I did not rehearse!
5074 It could be much worse.
5075 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5077 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5078 indented a bit more than the first.
5079 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5085 \begin_inset Newline newline
5088 And make things look fine
5089 \begin_inset Newline newline
5095 arg "newline-insert newline"
5101 \begin_layout Standard
5106 does not indent both margins.
5107 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5108 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5115 arg "newline-insert newline"
5121 \begin_layout Subsection
5123 \begin_inset Index idx
5126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5142 \begin_layout Standard
5143 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5153 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5162 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5163 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5164 some general features of all four of them.
5167 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5171 \begin_layout Standard
5172 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5174 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5183 reset the environment to
5187 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5188 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5189 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5193 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5196 to break paragraphs.
5199 \begin_layout Standard
5200 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5201 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5203 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5204 you read all of section
5205 \begin_inset space ~
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5211 reference "sec:Nesting"
5219 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5225 \begin_inset Index idx
5228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5235 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5249 paragraph environment.
5250 It has the following properties:
5253 \begin_layout Itemize
5254 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5258 \begin_layout Itemize
5259 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5262 \begin_layout Itemize
5263 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5267 \begin_layout Itemize
5268 The items can have any length.
5269 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5270 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5277 \begin_layout Itemize
5282 environment inside another
5286 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5290 \begin_layout Itemize
5291 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5294 \begin_layout Itemize
5295 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5298 \begin_layout Itemize
5300 \begin_inset space ~
5304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5306 reference "sec:Nesting"
5310 for a full explanation of nesting.
5314 \begin_layout Standard
5315 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5324 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5327 \begin_layout Standard
5328 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5329 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5332 \begin_layout Itemize
5333 The label for the first level
5337 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5341 \begin_layout Itemize
5342 The label for the second level is a dash.
5346 \begin_layout Itemize
5347 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5351 \begin_layout Itemize
5352 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5356 \begin_layout Itemize
5357 Back out to the third level.
5361 \begin_layout Itemize
5362 Back to the second level.
5366 \begin_layout Itemize
5367 Back to the outermost level.
5370 \begin_layout Standard
5371 These are the default labels for an
5376 You can customize these labels in the
5378 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5381 dialog in the submenu
5388 \begin_inset Index idx
5391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5400 \begin_layout Standard
5401 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5402 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5404 \begin_inset space ~
5408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5410 reference "sec:Nesting"
5417 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5423 \begin_inset Index idx
5426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5435 name "sec:Enumerate"
5442 \begin_layout Standard
5447 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5448 It has these properties:
5451 \begin_layout Enumerate
5452 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5456 \begin_layout Enumerate
5457 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5461 \begin_layout Enumerate
5462 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5465 \begin_layout Enumerate
5470 environment resets the counter to one.
5473 \begin_layout Enumerate
5486 \begin_layout Enumerate
5487 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5488 Items can have any length.
5491 \begin_layout Enumerate
5492 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5495 \begin_layout Enumerate
5496 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5499 \begin_layout Enumerate
5500 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5504 \begin_layout Standard
5513 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5514 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5521 \begin_layout Enumerate
5522 The first level of an
5526 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5530 \begin_layout Enumerate
5531 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5535 \begin_layout Enumerate
5536 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5540 \begin_layout Enumerate
5541 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5544 \begin_layout Enumerate
5545 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5550 \begin_layout Enumerate
5551 Back to the third level
5555 \begin_layout Enumerate
5556 Back to the second level.
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5561 Back to the outermost level.
5564 \begin_layout Standard
5565 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5570 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5575 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5579 \begin_layout Standard
5580 There is more to nesting
5584 environments than we've stated here.
5585 You should read section
5586 \begin_inset space ~
5590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5592 reference "sec:Nesting"
5596 to learn more about nesting.
5599 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5605 \begin_inset Index idx
5608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5617 \begin_layout Standard
5618 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5622 list has no fixed label.
5623 Instead, LyX uses the first
5624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5631 of the first line as the label.
5635 \begin_layout Description
5636 Example: This is an example of the
5643 \begin_layout Standard
5644 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5648 \begin_layout Standard
5650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5657 it is meant that the first hit of the
5661 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5663 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5671 arg "space-insert protected"
5676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5677 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5679 \begin_inset space ~
5685 \begin_inset space ~
5689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5691 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5695 for more info.) Here is an example:
5698 \begin_layout Description
5700 \begin_inset space ~
5703 Example: This one shows how to use a
5706 \begin_inset space ~
5718 \begin_layout Description
5719 Usage: You should use the
5723 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5724 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5726 It's not a good idea to use a
5730 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5731 You're better off using
5743 paragraphs into them.
5746 \begin_layout Description
5747 Nesting: You can nest
5751 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5755 \begin_layout Standard
5756 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5757 them from the first line.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5766 \begin_inset Index idx
5769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5778 \begin_layout Standard
5783 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5786 \begin_layout Standard
5787 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5795 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5800 environment is named
5812 \begin_layout Standard
5821 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5822 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5825 \begin_layout Labeling
5826 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5828 \begin_inset space ~
5831 labels LyX uses the first
5832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5839 of each line as the item label.
5844 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5845 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5846 blank as described above.
5849 \begin_layout Labeling
5850 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5851 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5852 the body of the item text.
5853 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5854 label width plus a little extra space.
5858 \begin_layout Labeling
5859 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5861 \begin_inset space ~
5864 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5866 If the label width is larger, the label
5867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5874 into the first line.
5875 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5876 margin of the rest of the item text.
5879 \begin_layout Labeling
5880 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5890 environment have the same left margin.
5891 \begin_inset Newline newline
5894 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5897 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5899 \begin_inset space ~
5908 \begin_inset space ~
5913 determines the default label width.
5914 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5923 multiple times instead.
5924 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5933 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5936 \begin_inset space ~
5941 every time you alter a label in a
5946 \begin_inset Newline newline
5949 The predefined default width is the length of
5950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5959 \begin_inset Newline newline
5963 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5971 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5972 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5980 \begin_layout Standard
5985 environment the same way like the
5989 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5995 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5999 \begin_layout Standard
6004 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6006 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6008 \begin_inset space ~
6012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6014 reference "sec:Nesting"
6018 to learn about nesting.
6021 \begin_layout Standard
6022 There is yet another feature of the
6026 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6028 You can use additional
6032 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6037 are documented in section
6038 \begin_inset space ~
6042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6044 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6049 Here are some examples:
6050 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6056 \begin_layout Labeling
6057 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6058 Left The default for
6065 \begin_layout Labeling
6066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6067 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6074 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6077 \begin_layout Labeling
6078 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6079 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6083 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6090 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6093 \begin_layout Subsection
6095 \begin_inset Index idx
6098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6107 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6115 \begin_inset space ~
6123 \begin_layout Standard
6124 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6132 \begin_inset space ~
6138 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6139 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6140 In contrast, you can use the
6147 \begin_inset space ~
6152 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6153 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6157 \begin_layout Standard
6158 Of course, you're not limited to using
6165 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset space ~
6179 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6180 some European academic papers.
6183 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6185 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6187 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6194 \begin_layout Standard
6199 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6200 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6204 \begin_inset space ~
6209 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6210 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6211 Here's an example of each:
6214 \begin_layout Right Address
6216 \begin_inset Newline newline
6220 \begin_inset Newline newline
6224 \begin_inset Newline newline
6227 When is it? What is today?
6230 \begin_layout Standard
6234 \begin_inset space ~
6240 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6241 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6242 Here's an example of the
6249 \begin_layout Address
6251 \begin_inset Newline newline
6254 Where do I send this
6255 \begin_inset Newline newline
6258 Your post office and country
6261 \begin_layout Standard
6262 As you can see, both
6269 \begin_inset space ~
6274 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6279 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6285 This makes sense, since
6293 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6294 Thus, you have to use
6301 arg "newline-insert newline"
6307 \begin_inset space ~
6310 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6312 \begin_inset space ~
6321 menu) to start a new line in an
6328 \begin_inset space ~
6336 \begin_layout Subsection
6340 \begin_layout Standard
6341 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6342 or list of references.
6343 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6346 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6350 \begin_inset Index idx
6353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6362 \begin_layout Standard
6367 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6368 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6369 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6370 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6374 in anything else or vice versa.
6380 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6381 The book document classes ignores the
6385 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6389 in a letter document class.
6392 \begin_layout Standard
6397 environment does several things for you.
6398 First, it puts the centered label
6399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6407 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6409 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6410 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6411 the subsequent text.
6412 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6413 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6416 \begin_layout Standard
6417 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6421 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6422 The new paragraph will still be in the
6427 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6428 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6431 \begin_layout Standard
6432 \begin_inset Float figure
6437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6439 \begin_inset Graphics
6440 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6448 \begin_inset Caption
6450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6453 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6474 \begin_layout Standard
6475 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6479 environment, but since this document is in the
6480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6487 class, we can't do this.
6488 We inserted it therefore as figure
6489 \begin_inset space ~
6493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6495 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6500 If you've never heard of an
6501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6508 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6517 \begin_inset Index idx
6520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6529 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6536 \begin_layout Standard
6541 environment is used to list references.
6542 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6543 only use it at the end of the document.
6548 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6551 \begin_layout Standard
6552 When you first open a
6556 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6572 depending on the document class.
6573 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6574 Each paragraph of the
6578 environment is a bibliography entry.
6583 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6584 Each new paragraph is still in the
6591 \begin_layout Standard
6592 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6593 by using a BibTeX database.
6594 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6595 phy handling, have a look at in section
6596 \begin_inset space ~
6600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6602 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6609 \begin_layout Subsection
6613 \begin_inset Index idx
6616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6617 Paragraph ! LyX code
6623 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6632 \begin_layout Standard
6637 environment is another LyX extension.
6638 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6643 key as a fixed whitespace;
6647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6659 \begin_inset space ~
6664 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6669 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6670 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6673 arg "newline-insert newline"
6690 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6691 So, when you finish using the
6695 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6696 Also, you can nest the
6700 environment inside of others.
6703 \begin_layout Standard
6704 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6707 \begin_layout Itemize
6711 arg "newline-insert newline"
6714 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6715 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6719 \begin_inset space \space{}
6729 arg "newline-insert newline"
6735 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 arg "newline-insert newline"
6750 \begin_layout Itemize
6755 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6762 \begin_layout Itemize
6766 arg "space-insert protected"
6773 \begin_layout Itemize
6774 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6775 You must put at least one
6779 in any line you want blank.
6780 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6783 \begin_layout Itemize
6784 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6788 since that will insert
6793 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6796 arg "self-insert \""
6802 \begin_layout Standard
6806 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6810 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6814 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6818 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6822 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6823 printf("Hello World!
6828 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6832 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6836 \begin_layout Standard
6837 This is just the standard
6838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6849 \begin_layout Standard
6854 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6855 rc-files, and so on.
6856 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6857 as if you used a typewriter.
6858 \begin_inset Index idx
6861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6862 Paragraph environments|)
6870 \begin_layout Section
6871 Nesting Environments
6872 \begin_inset Index idx
6875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6876 Nesting ! Environments
6882 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6891 \begin_layout Subsection
6895 \begin_layout Standard
6896 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6898 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6900 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6902 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6914 \begin_layout Enumerate
6918 \begin_layout Enumerate
6923 \begin_layout Enumerate
6927 \begin_layout Enumerate
6932 \begin_layout Enumerate
6936 \begin_layout Standard
6937 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6938 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6941 \begin_inset space ~
6945 \begin_inset space ~
6953 \begin_inset space ~
6957 \begin_inset space ~
6966 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6967 will tell you how far you are nested).
6968 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6969 \begin_inset Graphics
6970 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6975 \begin_inset Graphics
6976 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6980 or the convenient key bindings
6991 arg "depth-increment"
6997 arg "depth-decrement"
7000 to change the nesting level.
7001 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7002 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7006 \begin_layout Standard
7007 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7008 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7009 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7010 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7013 \begin_layout Standard
7014 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7015 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7017 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7020 \begin_layout Subsection
7021 What You Can and Can't Nest
7024 \begin_layout Standard
7025 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7026 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7029 \begin_layout Standard
7030 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7031 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7032 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7035 \begin_layout Itemize
7036 Completely unnestable
7039 \begin_layout Itemize
7040 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7044 \begin_layout Itemize
7045 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7049 \begin_layout Standard
7050 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7051 environments have them:
7054 \begin_layout Description
7055 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7056 Can't nest into them.
7060 \begin_layout Itemize
7066 \begin_layout Itemize
7072 \begin_layout Itemize
7078 \begin_layout Itemize
7084 \begin_layout Itemize
7091 \begin_layout Description
7093 \begin_inset space ~
7096 Nestable You can nest them.
7097 You can nest other things into them.
7101 \begin_layout Itemize
7107 \begin_layout Itemize
7113 \begin_layout Itemize
7119 \begin_layout Itemize
7125 \begin_layout Itemize
7131 \begin_layout Itemize
7137 \begin_layout Itemize
7143 \begin_layout Itemize
7150 \begin_layout Description
7151 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7152 You can't nest anything into them.
7156 \begin_layout Itemize
7162 \begin_layout Itemize
7168 \begin_layout Itemize
7174 \begin_layout Itemize
7180 \begin_layout Itemize
7186 \begin_layout Itemize
7192 \begin_layout Itemize
7198 \begin_layout Itemize
7204 \begin_layout Itemize
7210 \begin_layout Itemize
7216 \begin_layout Itemize
7222 \begin_layout Itemize
7228 \begin_layout Itemize
7234 \begin_layout Itemize
7238 \begin_inset space ~
7244 \begin_layout Itemize
7251 \begin_layout Standard
7252 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7260 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7269 \begin_inset space ~
7273 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7277 \begin_inset space \space{}
7280 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7281 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7282 section headings violate this.
7290 \begin_layout Subsection
7291 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7292 \begin_inset Index idx
7295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7296 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7304 \begin_layout Standard
7305 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7306 affected by nesting anyhow.
7310 \begin_layout Itemize
7314 \begin_layout Itemize
7318 \begin_layout Itemize
7322 \begin_layout Standard
7324 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7332 Figures and tables in
7336 are not affected by this.
7341 Have a look at section
7342 \begin_inset space ~
7346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7348 reference "sec:Floats"
7352 for more information about
7359 \begin_layout Standard
7360 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7361 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7365 \begin_layout Standard
7366 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7374 of its own, it behaves just like a
7375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7382 paragraph environment.
7383 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7387 \begin_layout Standard
7388 Here's an example with a table:
7391 \begin_layout Enumerate
7396 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 This is (a) and it's nested.
7401 \begin_layout Standard
7402 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7408 \begin_layout Standard
7410 \begin_inset Tabular
7411 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7412 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7413 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7414 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7498 \begin_layout Standard
7499 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7506 \begin_layout Enumerate
7508 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7512 \begin_layout Enumerate
7516 \begin_layout Standard
7517 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7520 \begin_layout Enumerate
7525 \begin_layout Enumerate
7526 This is (a) and it's nested.
7530 \begin_layout Standard
7531 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7537 \begin_layout Standard
7539 \begin_inset Tabular
7540 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7541 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7627 \begin_layout Standard
7628 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7634 \begin_layout Enumerate
7641 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7644 \begin_layout Enumerate
7648 \begin_layout Standard
7649 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7653 \begin_layout Standard
7654 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7656 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7659 \begin_layout Enumerate
7664 \begin_layout Enumerate
7665 This is (a) and it's nested.
7668 \begin_layout Standard
7669 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7675 \begin_layout Standard
7677 \begin_inset Tabular
7678 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7679 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7680 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7765 \begin_layout Standard
7766 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7772 \begin_layout Enumerate
7774 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7782 \begin_layout Enumerate
7786 \begin_layout Standard
7787 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7793 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7794 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7798 \begin_layout Subsection
7799 Usage and General Features
7802 \begin_layout Standard
7803 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7812 is the innermost possible depth.
7813 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7816 \begin_layout Enumerate
7817 level #1 – outermost
7821 \begin_layout Enumerate
7826 \begin_layout Enumerate
7831 \begin_layout Enumerate
7836 \begin_layout Itemize
7841 \begin_layout Itemize
7850 \begin_layout Standard
7851 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7852 both of them in the example.
7853 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7863 For example, if we tried to nest another
7868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7875 , we would get errors.
7878 \begin_layout Subsection
7880 \begin_inset Index idx
7883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7892 \begin_layout Standard
7893 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7894 We have several examples of nested environments.
7895 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7899 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7900 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7903 \begin_layout Labeling
7904 \labelwidthstring MMM
7905 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7914 \begin_layout Labeling
7915 \labelwidthstring MMM
7916 #2-a This is level #2.
7917 We created it by using
7920 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7926 arg "depth-increment"
7933 \begin_layout Labeling
7934 \labelwidthstring MMM
7935 #3-a This is level #3.
7936 This time, we just hit
7943 arg "depth-increment"
7947 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7951 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7957 arg "depth-increment"
7964 \begin_layout Standard
7969 environment, nested inside of
7970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7978 So, it's at level #4.
7979 We did this by hitting
7982 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7988 arg "depth-increment"
7991 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7996 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8012 \begin_layout Standard
8017 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8020 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8026 \begin_layout Labeling
8027 \labelwidthstring MMM
8028 #4-a This is level #4.
8032 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8035 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8040 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8044 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8049 keep nesting things inside
8050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8061 \begin_layout Labeling
8062 \labelwidthstring MMM
8063 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8068 \begin_layout Labeling
8069 \labelwidthstring MMM
8070 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8071 and this is level #6.
8072 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8076 \begin_layout Labeling
8077 \labelwidthstring MMM
8078 #5-b Back to level #5.
8082 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8088 arg "depth-decrement"
8095 \begin_layout Labeling
8096 \labelwidthstring MMM
8100 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8106 arg "depth-decrement"
8109 , we're back at level #4.
8113 \begin_layout Labeling
8114 \labelwidthstring MMM
8115 #3-b Back to level #3.
8116 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8120 \begin_layout Labeling
8121 \labelwidthstring MMM
8122 #2-b Back to level #2.
8127 \begin_layout Labeling
8128 \labelwidthstring MMM
8129 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8130 After this sentence, we'll hit
8134 and change the paragraph environment back to
8141 \begin_layout Standard
8142 We could have also used the
8158 environment in place of the
8163 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8166 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8167 Example 2: Inheritance
8170 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8171 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8174 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8183 arg "depth-increment"
8186 , after which, we'll change to the
8194 \begin_layout Enumerate
8199 environment, at level #2.
8202 \begin_layout Enumerate
8203 Notice how the nested
8207 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8211 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8215 \begin_layout Standard
8216 We ended this example by hitting
8221 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8225 and reset the nesting depth by using
8228 arg "depth-decrement"
8234 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8235 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8244 \begin_inset Argument
8247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8248 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8256 \begin_layout Enumerate
8257 This is level #1, in an
8261 paragraph environment.
8262 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8266 \begin_layout Enumerate
8271 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8277 arg "depth-increment"
8281 Now, what happens if we nest an
8285 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8286 label be? An asterisk?
8290 \begin_layout Itemize
8300 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8301 So, its label is a bullet.
8302 (We got here by using
8305 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8311 arg "depth-increment"
8314 , then changing the environment to
8322 \begin_layout Itemize
8323 Here's level #4, produced using
8326 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8332 arg "depth-increment"
8336 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8341 \begin_layout Enumerate
8342 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8344 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8349 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8353 , because we are in the
8362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8381 \begin_layout Enumerate
8386 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8387 type of numbering does LyX use?
8390 \begin_layout Enumerate
8391 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8394 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8397 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8400 \begin_layout Enumerate
8404 arg "depth-decrement"
8407 to decrease the depth after the next
8410 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8417 \begin_layout Enumerate
8419 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8423 \begin_layout Enumerate
8425 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8426 numeral as the label.Why?
8429 \begin_layout Enumerate
8430 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8439 Notice, however, that LyX
8443 reset the counter for the label.
8447 \begin_layout Enumerate
8451 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8457 arg "depth-decrement"
8460 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8461 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8462 into the twofold-nested
8470 \begin_layout Enumerate
8471 The same thing happens if we do another
8474 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8480 arg "depth-decrement"
8483 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8486 \begin_layout Standard
8487 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8492 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8506 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8512 The same rule applies for the
8516 environment, as well.
8519 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8520 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8523 \begin_layout Enumerate
8524 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8525 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8526 same detail with how we did it.
8535 \begin_layout Standard
8543 arg "depth-increment"
8550 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8551 example in parentheses someplace.
8552 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8553 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8554 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8558 \begin_layout Enumerate
8563 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8568 Now we'll add verse.
8569 \begin_inset Newline newline
8572 It will get much worse.
8573 \begin_inset Newline newline
8583 arg "depth-increment"
8594 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8595 \begin_inset Newline newline
8598 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8599 \begin_inset Newline newline
8605 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8618 \begin_layout Standard
8619 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8625 \begin_layout Standard
8627 \begin_inset Tabular
8628 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8629 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8630 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8631 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8720 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8730 arg "depth-increment"
8736 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8746 arg "depth-decrement"
8753 \begin_layout Enumerate
8758 : level #1) This is another item.
8759 Note that selecting a
8763 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8764 3 times to put the table inside the
8772 \begin_layout Quotation
8773 We're now ending the
8777 list and changing to
8782 We're still at level #1.
8783 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8784 The next set of paragraphs is a
8785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8799 \begin_inset space ~
8804 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8808 for the letter body.
8812 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8815 to preserve the depth.
8816 Remember that you need to use
8819 arg "newline-insert newline"
8822 to create multiple lines inside the
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8839 \begin_layout Right Address
8841 \begin_inset Newline newline
8844 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8845 \begin_inset Newline newline
8851 \begin_layout Address
8853 \begin_inset space ~
8859 \begin_layout Quotation
8860 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8861 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8864 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8865 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8866 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8867 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8868 as soon as possible.
8869 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8872 \begin_layout Quotation
8873 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8874 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8875 with your order, along with payment.
8878 \begin_layout Quotation
8879 We thank you again for your patience.
8882 \begin_layout Address
8884 \begin_inset Newline newline
8891 \begin_layout Quotation
8892 That ends that example!
8895 \begin_layout Standard
8896 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8897 just a few keystrokes.
8898 We could have easily nested an
8919 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8922 \begin_layout Section
8923 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8924 \begin_inset Index idx
8927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8936 \begin_layout Standard
8937 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8938 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8939 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8940 be broken at the end of a line.
8941 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8945 \begin_layout Subsection
8947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8949 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8954 \begin_inset Index idx
8957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8966 \begin_layout Standard
8967 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8969 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8973 Further documentation is given in section
8974 \begin_inset Newline newline
8978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8980 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8988 \begin_layout Standard
8989 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9004 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9013 A protected space is set with
9015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9016 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9020 \begin_inset space ~
9030 arg "space-insert protected"
9036 \begin_layout Subsection
9038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9040 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9045 \begin_inset Index idx
9048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9049 Spacing ! Horizontal
9057 \begin_layout Standard
9058 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9060 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9061 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9065 The length units are listed in Appendix
9066 \begin_inset space ~
9070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9072 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9079 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9083 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9088 \begin_inset Index idx
9091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9100 \begin_layout Standard
9102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9106 \begin_inset space \space{}
9109 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9110 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9111 \begin_inset space ~
9115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9117 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9122 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9123 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9126 arg "space-insert normal"
9132 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9136 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9141 \begin_inset Index idx
9144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9153 \begin_layout Standard
9155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9162 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9171 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9172 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9173 inside abbreviations:
9178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9182 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9185 \begin_layout Standard
9186 or between values and units.
9187 Compare for example this:
9188 \begin_inset Newline newline
9192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9196 \begin_inset Newline newline
9202 \begin_layout Standard
9203 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9205 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9206 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9208 \begin_inset space ~
9216 arg "space-insert thin"
9222 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9224 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9226 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9233 \begin_layout Standard
9234 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9237 \begin_layout Description
9239 \begin_inset space ~
9243 \begin_inset space ~
9247 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9251 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9255 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9258 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9261 \begin_layout Description
9263 \begin_inset space ~
9267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9271 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9275 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9279 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9286 em) space between the arrows.
9289 \begin_layout Description
9291 \begin_inset space ~
9295 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9299 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9303 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9307 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9311 \begin_inset space ~
9315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9318 em) space between the arrows.
9321 \begin_layout Description
9323 \begin_inset space ~
9327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9331 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9335 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9339 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9343 \begin_inset space ~
9347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9350 em) space between the arrows.
9353 \begin_layout Description
9355 \begin_inset space ~
9359 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9363 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9368 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9375 cm space between the arrows.
9378 \begin_layout Standard
9380 \begin_inset space ~
9384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9386 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9390 lists the different space sizes.
9393 \begin_layout Standard
9394 \begin_inset Float table
9399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9401 \begin_inset Caption
9403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9406 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9410 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9420 \begin_inset Tabular
9421 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9422 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9423 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9424 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9536 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9641 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9647 \begin_inset Index idx
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9659 \begin_layout Standard
9660 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9661 in a uniform fashion.
9662 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9663 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9664 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9665 equally between themselves.
9669 \begin_layout Standard
9670 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9675 This is on the left side
9676 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9679 This is on the right
9685 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9689 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9698 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9702 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9706 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9713 That was an example in the
9719 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9723 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9727 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9730 is one in a standard paragraph.
9731 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9735 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9738 \begin_layout Standard
9739 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9742 \begin_inset space ~
9747 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9750 \begin_layout Standard
9752 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9756 \begin_inset space ~
9762 \begin_layout Standard
9764 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9768 \begin_inset space ~
9774 \begin_layout Standard
9776 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9780 \begin_inset space ~
9786 \begin_layout Standard
9788 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9792 \begin_inset space ~
9798 \begin_layout Standard
9800 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9804 \begin_inset space ~
9810 \begin_layout Standard
9812 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9816 \begin_inset space ~
9822 \begin_layout Standard
9823 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9831 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9835 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9836 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9837 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9841 option in the space dialog.
9849 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9851 \begin_inset Index idx
9854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9863 \begin_layout Standard
9864 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9866 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9870 \begin_inset space \space{}
9873 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9876 \begin_layout Standard
9877 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9880 What is correct English?:
9881 \begin_inset Newline newline
9885 \begin_inset Newline newline
9889 \begin_inset space ~
9892 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9893 \begin_inset Newline newline
9897 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9908 \begin_inset Newline newline
9912 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9923 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9929 \begin_layout Standard
9930 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9935 \begin_inset space ~
9939 \begin_inset space ~
9943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9947 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
9949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9950 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9954 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
9956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9960 \begin_inset space ~
9964 \begin_inset space ~
9968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9971 into the phantom inset (note the space after
9972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9980 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
9981 That is why it is named
9982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9990 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
9991 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
9995 \begin_layout Subsection
9997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9999 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10004 \begin_inset Index idx
10007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10016 \begin_layout Standard
10017 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10019 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10020 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10022 \begin_inset space ~
10028 There you find the following sizes:
10031 \begin_layout Standard
10044 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10049 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10051 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10055 \begin_inset Index idx
10058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10059 Document ! Settings
10064 for the paragraph separation.
10065 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10076 \begin_layout Standard
10082 \begin_inset Index idx
10085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10091 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10092 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10094 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10095 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10104 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10113 s are described in section
10114 \begin_inset space ~
10118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10120 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10129 If there are several
10133 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10134 You can therefore use
10138 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10141 \begin_layout Standard
10146 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10147 \begin_inset space ~
10151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10153 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10160 \begin_layout Standard
10161 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10171 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10172 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10184 \begin_layout Subsection
10185 Paragraph Alignment
10188 \begin_layout Standard
10189 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10191 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10195 There are five possibilities:
10198 \begin_layout Itemize
10206 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10212 \begin_layout Itemize
10220 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10226 \begin_layout Itemize
10234 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10240 \begin_layout Itemize
10248 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10254 \begin_layout Itemize
10262 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10268 \begin_layout Standard
10269 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10270 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10271 the left and right margins.
10272 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10277 This paragraph is right aligned,
10280 \begin_layout Standard
10282 this one is centered,
10285 \begin_layout Standard
10287 this one is left aligned.
10290 \begin_layout Subsection
10292 \begin_inset Index idx
10295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10296 Page breaks ! Forced
10302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10304 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10311 \begin_layout Standard
10312 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10313 can force a page break where you want one.
10314 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10315 Only if you use a lot of
10319 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10322 \begin_layout Standard
10323 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10324 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10328 have to change the page breaking.
10331 \begin_layout Standard
10332 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10334 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10336 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10337 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10339 \begin_inset space ~
10345 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10348 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10350 \begin_inset space ~
10355 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10357 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10358 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10361 \begin_layout Standard
10362 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10363 at the top of a page.
10364 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10365 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10366 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10367 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10371 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10375 to learn more about
10382 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10384 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10386 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10391 \begin_inset Index idx
10394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10395 Page breaks ! Clear
10403 \begin_layout Standard
10404 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10405 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10406 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10407 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10408 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10411 \begin_layout Standard
10412 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10414 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10415 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10417 \begin_inset space ~
10423 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10426 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10428 \begin_inset space ~
10432 \begin_inset space ~
10437 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10438 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10441 \begin_layout Subsection
10443 \begin_inset Index idx
10446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10455 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10462 \begin_layout Standard
10463 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10465 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10467 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10468 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10470 \begin_inset space ~
10474 \begin_inset space ~
10482 arg "newline-insert newline"
10486 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10489 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10491 \begin_inset space ~
10495 \begin_inset space ~
10500 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10502 This is necessary to avoid
10503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10510 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10513 \begin_layout Standard
10514 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10515 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10516 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10517 set a line break, e.
10518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10522 \begin_inset space \space{}
10525 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10526 \begin_inset space ~
10530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10532 reference "sec:Quote"
10537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10539 reference "sec:Verse"
10544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10546 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10553 \begin_layout Subsection
10555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10557 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10562 \begin_inset Index idx
10565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10574 \begin_layout Standard
10576 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10587 \begin_layout Standard
10590 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10591 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10593 \begin_inset space ~
10598 you can insert horizontal lines.
10599 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10600 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10603 \begin_layout Standard
10605 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10616 \begin_layout Standard
10620 \begin_layout Section
10621 Characters and Symbols
10624 \begin_layout Standard
10625 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10626 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10631 \begin_inset space \space{}
10634 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10642 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10646 for information on how this is done.
10649 \begin_layout Standard
10650 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10655 dialog via the menu
10657 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10658 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10664 \begin_layout Standard
10665 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10673 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10674 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10675 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10683 \begin_layout Section
10684 Fonts and Text Styles
10685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10687 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10694 \begin_layout Subsection
10696 \begin_inset Index idx
10699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10708 \begin_layout Standard
10709 There are two types of fonts:
10712 \begin_layout Description
10714 \begin_inset space ~
10718 \begin_inset Index idx
10721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10727 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
10728 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10732 characters) in the font.
10733 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10734 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10735 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10736 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10737 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10738 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10739 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10740 \begin_inset Newline newline
10743 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10744 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10745 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10746 sizes than at small ones.
10747 \begin_inset Newline newline
10761 \begin_inset space ~
10769 \begin_layout Description
10771 \begin_inset space ~
10775 \begin_inset Index idx
10778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10784 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10785 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10786 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10787 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10788 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10789 picture manipulation program.
10790 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10791 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10792 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10793 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10794 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10796 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10797 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10798 \begin_inset Newline newline
10801 Bitmap fonts are named
10804 \begin_inset space ~
10809 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10812 \begin_layout Standard
10813 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
10814 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10815 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10816 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10817 use scalable fonts.
10820 \begin_layout Standard
10821 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10822 its document properties.
10825 \begin_layout Standard
10826 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10827 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10828 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10829 font to emphasize text, you use an
10830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10838 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10839 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10843 \begin_layout Subsection
10845 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10847 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
10854 \begin_layout Standard
10855 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
10856 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
10857 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
10859 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
10860 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
10861 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
10862 to usual word processors.
10863 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
10864 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
10865 across different machines.
10866 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
10867 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
10869 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
10871 \begin_inset space ~
10875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10877 reference "sub:Document-Font"
10882 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
10883 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
10887 \begin_layout Standard
10888 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
10889 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
10890 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
10891 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
10892 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
10893 that is installed on your system.
10894 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
10897 \begin_layout Standard
10898 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10906 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
10907 es; so you might have to experiment.
10915 \begin_layout Standard
10916 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10924 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
10925 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
10933 \begin_layout Subsection
10934 Document Font and Font size
10935 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10937 name "sub:Document-Font"
10942 \begin_inset Index idx
10945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10952 \begin_inset Index idx
10955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10964 \begin_layout Standard
10965 You can set the document fonts in the
10967 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10971 \begin_inset Index idx
10974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10975 Document ! Settings
10985 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
10986 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
10989 \begin_inset space ~
10998 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
10999 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11003 \begin_layout Standard
11010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11019 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11020 This requires that you use
11026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11065 as output format, i.
11066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11070 \begin_inset space ~
11073 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11074 \begin_inset space ~
11078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11080 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11085 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11087 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11089 \begin_inset space ~
11092 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11093 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11094 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11096 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11099 \begin_layout Standard
11100 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11105 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11110 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11111 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11133 European Computer Modern
11136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11143 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11146 \begin_layout Standard
11155 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11156 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11161 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11164 \begin_inset space ~
11169 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11175 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11176 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11179 \begin_layout Itemize
11188 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11202 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11206 as the default font.
11207 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11208 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11221 One difference is improved kerning for the
11233 \begin_layout Itemize
11242 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11246 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11261 Virtual means that it
11262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11273 -glyphs from other fonts.
11274 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11296 Loading the LaTeX-package
11301 \begin_inset Index idx
11304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11305 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11310 with the document preamble line
11311 \begin_inset Newline newline
11318 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11319 \begin_inset Newline newline
11324 will fix the guillemet problem.
11329 and that accented characters are not
11333 glyph, but build of
11337 characters, the accent and the letter.
11338 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11344 If you search for example for the French word
11345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11352 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11361 and not for the glyph
11362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11366 \begin_inset space ~
11370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11376 \begin_layout Itemize
11377 If you do not like the look of
11385 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11390 \begin_inset space ~
11404 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11405 \begin_inset space ~
11408 serif and typewriter fonts
11412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11413 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11425 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11438 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11439 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11452 , but you can also select your own.
11453 \begin_inset Newline newline
11456 The differences between roman,
11459 \begin_inset space ~
11468 fonts are explained in section
11469 \begin_inset space ~
11473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11475 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11480 \begin_inset Newline newline
11487 was originally designed for newspapers.
11488 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11489 into the small newspaper columns.
11494 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11495 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11498 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11511 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11516 depends on the class you are using.
11517 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11520 \begin_layout Standard
11521 Note that the font size is the
11526 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11527 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11528 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11531 \begin_inset space ~
11537 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11538 \begin_inset space ~
11542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11544 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11551 \begin_layout Standard
11556 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11558 \begin_inset space ~
11561 serif or typewriter.
11566 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11576 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11579 \begin_layout Standard
11588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11597 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11603 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11604 Unless you have specific reasons use
11611 \begin_layout Standard
11612 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11614 Use Old Style Figures
11618 Use True Small Caps
11621 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11624 Use Old Style Figures
11626 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11628 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11632 \begin_inset space ~
11635 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11638 Use True Small Caps
11640 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11641 of scaled capitals.
11642 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11643 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11646 \begin_layout Standard
11651 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11652 a font to display the script characters.
11656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11657 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11662 So this has no effect for the document language
11678 \begin_layout Standard
11679 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11683 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11691 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11695 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11696 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11697 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11699 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11702 dialog, see section
11703 \begin_inset space ~
11707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11709 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11721 \begin_layout Subsection
11722 Using Different Character Styles
11723 \begin_inset Index idx
11726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11733 \begin_inset Index idx
11736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11745 \begin_layout Standard
11746 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11747 certain paragraph environments.
11748 LyX supports two character styles,
11757 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11761 \begin_layout Standard
11766 style, do one of the following:
11769 \begin_layout Itemize
11770 click on the toolbar button
11771 \begin_inset Graphics
11772 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11779 \begin_layout Itemize
11780 use the key binding
11789 \begin_layout Standard
11790 These commands are all toggles.
11795 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11798 \begin_layout Standard
11799 One typically uses the
11803 style for proper names.
11805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11812 is the original author of LyX.
11813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11819 \begin_layout Standard
11820 A more widely used character style is the
11825 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11832 \begin_layout Itemize
11833 clicking on the toolbar button
11834 \begin_inset Graphics
11835 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11842 \begin_layout Itemize
11843 using the keybindings
11852 \begin_layout Standard
11857 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11858 es use a different font.
11861 \begin_layout Standard
11862 We've been using the
11866 style all over the place in this document.
11867 Here's one more example:
11870 \begin_layout Quotation
11873 Don't overuse character styles!
11876 \begin_layout Standard
11877 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11878 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11879 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11880 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11884 \begin_layout Standard
11885 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11893 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11895 \begin_inset space ~
11903 \begin_layout Subsection
11904 Fine-Tuning with the
11909 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11911 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11916 \begin_inset Index idx
11919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11928 \begin_layout Standard
11929 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11930 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11931 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11932 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11933 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11934 from ordinary dialog.
11937 \begin_layout Standard
11938 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11939 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11940 \begin_inset Newline newline
11943 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11944 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11947 \begin_layout Standard
11948 To use custom character styles, open the
11950 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11952 \begin_inset space ~
11958 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11959 font property which you can choose.
11960 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11963 \begin_inset space ~
11968 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11973 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11974 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11975 environments in a snap.
11978 \begin_layout Standard
11979 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11982 \begin_inset space ~
11994 \begin_layout Labeling
11995 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12009 The possible options are:
12013 \begin_layout Labeling
12014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12019 This is the Roman font family.
12020 Normally a serif font.
12021 It's also the default family.
12031 \begin_layout Labeling
12032 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12036 \begin_inset space ~
12043 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12055 \begin_layout Labeling
12056 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12063 This is the Typewriter font family.
12069 arg "font-typewriter"
12078 \begin_layout Labeling
12079 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12084 This corresponds to the print weight.
12089 \begin_layout Labeling
12090 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12095 This is the Medium font series.
12096 It's also the default series.
12099 \begin_layout Labeling
12100 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12107 This is the Bold font series.
12120 \begin_layout Labeling
12121 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12126 As the name implies.
12131 \begin_layout Labeling
12132 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12137 This is the Upright font shape.
12138 It's also the default shape.
12141 \begin_layout Labeling
12142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12156 s the Italic font shape
12162 \begin_layout Labeling
12163 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12170 This is the Slanted font shape
12172 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12175 \begin_layout Labeling
12176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12180 \begin_inset space ~
12187 This is the Small caps font shape
12194 \begin_layout Labeling
12195 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12200 Alters the size of the font.
12201 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12202 nal to the document font size.
12203 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12204 what you want to do.
12209 \begin_layout Labeling
12210 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12231 arg "font-size tiny"
12237 \begin_layout Labeling
12238 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12259 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12265 \begin_layout Labeling
12266 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12287 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12293 \begin_layout Labeling
12294 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12315 arg "font-size small"
12321 \begin_layout Labeling
12322 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12336 It's also the default size.
12340 arg "font-size normal"
12346 \begin_layout Labeling
12347 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12368 arg "font-size large"
12374 \begin_layout Labeling
12375 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12396 arg "font-size larger"
12402 \begin_layout Labeling
12403 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12424 arg "font-size largest"
12430 \begin_layout Labeling
12431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12452 arg "font-size huge"
12458 \begin_layout Labeling
12459 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12480 arg "font-size giant"
12487 \begin_layout Standard
12492 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12493 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12494 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12495 — use that instead.
12496 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12499 \begin_layout Labeling
12500 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12505 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12510 \begin_layout Labeling
12511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12518 This is text with emphasize on
12521 This might seem like the same as
12525 , but it is actually a bit different.
12531 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12533 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12536 \begin_layout Labeling
12537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12544 This is text with Underbar on.
12550 arg "font-underline"
12556 \begin_inset Newline newline
12561 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12562 when you couldn't change fonts.
12563 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12564 It's only included in LyX because some people
12568 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12571 \begin_layout Labeling
12572 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12579 This is text with Noun on.
12586 , this is a logical attribute.
12587 Normally it's equivalent to
12590 \begin_inset space ~
12599 \begin_layout Labeling
12600 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12605 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12606 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12610 \begin_inset space ~
12615 , which is the default
12616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12623 and means normally black, you can choose between
12656 \begin_inset Index idx
12659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12668 \begin_layout Labeling
12669 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12674 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12675 the language of the document.
12676 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12680 \begin_layout Standard
12681 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12682 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12684 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12686 \begin_inset space ~
12691 dialog, the settings are saved.
12692 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12693 \begin_inset Graphics
12694 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12699 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12700 when the dialog isn't visible.
12704 \begin_layout Standard
12705 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12712 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12713 (suppose you just set the shape to
12714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12732 \begin_inset space ~
12744 \begin_layout Standard
12745 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12753 \begin_inset space ~
12765 \begin_layout Itemize
12771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12778 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12796 \begin_inset Newline newline
12800 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12814 \begin_inset Note Note
12817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12818 For more on phantoms see section
12819 \begin_inset space ~
12823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12825 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12835 \begin_inset Newline newline
12841 \begin_layout Itemize
12846 fonts use characters with serifs.
12847 These are the small
12848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12855 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12856 The following example will show the difference:
12857 \begin_inset Newline newline
12861 \begin_inset Newline newline
12866 text without serifs
12869 \begin_inset Newline newline
12872 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12873 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12880 \begin_layout Itemize
12886 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12887 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12890 \begin_layout Standard
12891 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12892 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12895 \begin_layout Section
12896 Printing and Previewing
12899 \begin_layout Subsection
12903 \begin_layout Standard
12904 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12905 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12906 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12907 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12908 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12910 Additional Features
12915 \begin_layout Standard
12916 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12917 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12918 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12919 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12920 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12921 This happens in two stages:
12924 \begin_layout Enumerate
12925 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12926 generating a file with the extension,
12927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12941 \begin_layout Enumerate
12942 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12946 file to produce printable output.
12950 \begin_layout Subsection
12951 Output file formats
12952 \begin_inset Index idx
12955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12964 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12971 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12972 Simple text (ASCII)
12973 \begin_inset Index idx
12976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12977 File formats ! ASCII
12985 \begin_layout Standard
12986 This file type has the extension
12987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12999 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13003 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13010 \begin_layout Standard
13011 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13013 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13014 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13016 \begin_inset space ~
13023 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13024 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13026 \begin_inset space ~
13030 \begin_inset space ~
13036 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13040 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13042 \begin_inset Index idx
13045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13046 File formats ! LaTeX
13054 \begin_layout Standard
13055 This file type has the extension
13056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13067 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13069 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13070 it manually with console commands.
13071 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13072 you view or export your document.
13075 \begin_layout Standard
13076 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13078 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13079 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13096 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13098 \begin_inset Index idx
13101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13110 \begin_layout Standard
13111 This file type has the extension
13112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13132 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13133 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13134 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13138 \begin_layout Standard
13139 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13140 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13141 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13142 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13144 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13147 \begin_layout Standard
13148 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13150 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13151 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13156 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13157 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13159 \begin_inset space ~
13166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13176 The latter option uses the program
13185 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13186 font access (see section
13187 \begin_inset space ~
13191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13193 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13198 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13202 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13204 \begin_inset Index idx
13207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13208 File formats ! PostScript
13216 \begin_layout Standard
13217 This file type has the extension
13218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13230 PostScript was developed by the company
13234 as a printer language.
13235 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13237 PostScript can be seen as a
13238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13241 programming language
13242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13245 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13250 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13256 \begin_inset Index idx
13259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13260 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13270 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13273 \begin_layout Standard
13274 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13278 Encapsulated PostScript
13279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13282 (EPS, file extension
13283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13295 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13296 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13298 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13301 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13302 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13305 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13306 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13307 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13308 EPS to avoid this problem.
13311 \begin_layout Standard
13312 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13314 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13315 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13321 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13323 \begin_inset Index idx
13326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13333 \begin_inset Index idx
13336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13345 \begin_layout Standard
13346 This file type has the extension
13347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13363 Portable Document Format
13364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13371 was derived from PostScript.
13372 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13381 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13382 looks exactly the same.
13385 \begin_layout Standard
13386 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13390 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13394 (JPG, file extension
13395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13422 Portable Network Graphics
13423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13426 (PNG, file extension
13427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13439 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13440 in the background to one of these formats.
13441 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13442 will slow down your workflow.
13443 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13446 \begin_layout Standard
13447 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13449 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13452 in three different ways:
13455 \begin_layout Description
13456 PDF This uses the program
13460 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13461 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13465 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13466 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13469 \begin_layout Description
13471 \begin_inset space ~
13474 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13478 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13482 \begin_layout Description
13484 \begin_inset space ~
13487 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13491 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13494 \begin_layout Description
13496 \begin_inset space ~
13503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13510 X) This uses the program
13514 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13519 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13520 font access (see section
13521 \begin_inset space ~
13525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13527 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13532 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
13535 \begin_layout Description
13537 \begin_inset space ~
13544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13551 X) This uses the program
13555 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13560 is an even newer engine, derived from
13564 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
13565 access (see section
13566 \begin_inset space ~
13570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13572 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13577 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13581 \begin_layout Standard
13582 We recommend to use
13585 \begin_inset space ~
13594 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13595 works without problems.
13596 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
13597 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
13601 \begin_inset space ~
13608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13620 \begin_inset space ~
13627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13636 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
13644 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13646 \begin_inset Index idx
13649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13650 FileFormats ! XHTML
13656 \begin_inset Index idx
13659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13668 \begin_layout Standard
13669 This file type has the extension
13670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13682 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13683 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13684 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13685 suitable for the purpose.
13686 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13687 it, but not all do.
13690 \begin_layout Standard
13691 XHTML output remains
13692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13699 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13704 LyX and the World Wide Web
13705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13710 Additional Features
13712 manual, for more information.
13715 \begin_layout Standard
13716 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13718 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13719 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13725 \begin_layout Subsection
13727 \begin_inset Index idx
13730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13739 \begin_layout Standard
13740 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13741 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13745 and choose a file type.
13746 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13749 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13752 you can use the toolbar button
13753 \begin_inset Graphics
13754 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13761 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13766 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13768 \begin_inset space ~
13774 \begin_inset Graphics
13775 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13781 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13785 \begin_inset Graphics
13786 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13793 arg "buffer-view ps"
13799 \begin_layout Standard
13800 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13801 viewer window using the menu
13803 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13809 \begin_layout Standard
13810 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13812 To have a real output, export your document.
13815 \begin_layout Subsection
13816 Printing the File from within LyX
13817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13819 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13826 \begin_layout Standard
13827 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13828 it directly from within LyX.
13829 To print a file, select the menu
13831 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13834 or click on the toolbar button
13835 \begin_inset Graphics
13836 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13841 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13842 This file is then processed by the program
13846 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13851 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13854 \begin_layout Standard
13855 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13856 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13857 printing one set to print on the other side.
13858 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13859 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13860 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13863 \begin_layout Standard
13864 You can set the parameters in the
13867 \begin_inset space ~
13875 \begin_layout Labeling
13876 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13881 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13886 Note that this printer name is for the program
13895 has to be configured for this printer name.
13896 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13897 \begin_inset space ~
13901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13903 reference "sub:Printer"
13912 The printer should understand PostScript.
13915 \begin_layout Labeling
13916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13921 The name of a file to print to.
13922 The output will be a PostScript file.
13923 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13927 \begin_layout Section
13928 A few Words about Typography
13929 \begin_inset Index idx
13932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13941 \begin_layout Subsection
13943 \begin_inset Index idx
13946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13955 \begin_layout Standard
13957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13968 character comes in four lengths: the
13980 , and the minus sign:
13981 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13987 \begin_layout Standard
13988 \begin_inset Tabular
13989 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13990 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13991 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13992 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13993 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13994 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14023 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14063 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14088 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14090 \begin_inset space ~
14093 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14100 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14125 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14127 \begin_inset space ~
14130 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14151 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14185 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14191 \begin_layout Standard
14192 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14204 character multiple times in a row.
14205 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14206 the final output, but not in LyX.
14208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14238 \begin_layout Standard
14239 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14240 math mode and has a length of its own.
14241 Here are some examples of the
14242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14256 \begin_layout Enumerate
14257 line- and page-breaks
14258 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14268 \begin_layout Enumerate
14270 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14280 \begin_layout Enumerate
14281 Oh — there's a dash.
14282 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14292 \begin_layout Enumerate
14293 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14297 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14307 \begin_layout Subsection
14309 \begin_inset Index idx
14312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14321 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14328 \begin_layout Standard
14329 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14330 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
14335 \begin_inset Index idx
14338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14339 LaTeX-packages ! babel
14344 following the rules of the document language
14348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14349 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
14357 \begin_inset space ~
14361 \begin_inset space ~
14368 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14379 \begin_layout Standard
14380 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14385 font and with unusual constructs, like
14386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14394 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14395 This is done with the menu
14397 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14398 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14400 \begin_inset space ~
14406 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14407 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14410 \begin_layout Standard
14411 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14412 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14422 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14430 as a hyphenation possibility.
14431 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14432 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14433 as described in section
14434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14437 Prevent Hyphenation
14438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14448 \begin_layout Subsection
14450 \begin_inset Index idx
14453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14462 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14463 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14466 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14473 \begin_layout Standard
14474 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14475 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14476 LaTeX then adds the
14477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14480 appropriate amount of space
14481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14485 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14487 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14490 \begin_layout Standard
14491 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14492 not work in all cases.
14494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14505 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14506 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14509 \begin_layout Standard
14510 Here are some examples of
14514 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14517 \begin_layout Itemize
14522 \begin_layout Itemize
14527 \begin_layout Standard
14528 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14531 \begin_layout Itemize
14533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14537 this is too much space!
14540 \begin_layout Itemize
14545 \begin_layout Standard
14546 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14549 \begin_layout Standard
14550 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14553 \begin_layout Enumerate
14557 \begin_inset space ~
14562 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14563 \begin_inset space ~
14567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14569 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14574 \begin_inset Index idx
14577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14578 Spaces ! inter-word
14586 \begin_layout Enumerate
14590 \begin_inset space ~
14595 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14596 \begin_inset space ~
14600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14602 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14607 \begin_inset Index idx
14610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14619 \begin_layout Enumerate
14623 \begin_inset space ~
14627 \begin_inset space ~
14631 \begin_inset space ~
14638 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14640 \begin_inset space ~
14645 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14646 This function is also bound to
14649 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14655 \begin_layout Standard
14656 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14659 \begin_layout Itemize
14661 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14665 \begin_inset space \space{}
14668 this is too much space!
14671 \begin_layout Itemize
14672 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14676 \begin_layout Standard
14677 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14678 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14679 will take care of this.
14682 \begin_layout Standard
14683 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14687 \begin_inset space ~
14692 feature described in section
14698 Additional Features
14703 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14705 \begin_inset Index idx
14708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14709 Typography ! Quotes
14715 \begin_inset Index idx
14718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14749 \begin_layout Standard
14750 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14751 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14752 and use a closing quote at the end.
14754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14762 The keyboard character,
14766 , generates this automatically.
14769 \begin_layout Standard
14770 You can change the behavior of the
14774 key using the submenu
14780 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14784 \begin_inset Index idx
14787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14788 Document ! Settings
14796 \begin_layout Standard
14797 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14802 There are six choices:
14805 \begin_layout Labeling
14806 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14818 Use quotes like this
14819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14827 \begin_inset Quotes els
14831 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14837 \begin_layout Labeling
14838 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14841 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14845 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14851 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14855 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14859 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14865 \begin_layout Labeling
14866 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14869 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14873 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14879 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14883 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14887 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14891 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14897 \begin_layout Labeling
14898 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14901 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14905 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14911 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14915 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14919 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14923 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14929 \begin_layout Labeling
14930 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14933 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14937 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14943 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14947 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14951 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14955 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14961 \begin_layout Labeling
14962 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14965 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14969 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14975 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14979 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14983 \begin_inset Quotes als
14987 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14993 \begin_layout Standard
14994 These settings affect what character the
15001 \begin_layout Subsection
15003 \begin_inset Index idx
15006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15007 Typography ! Ligatures
15013 \begin_inset Index idx
15016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15047 name "sub:Ligatures"
15054 \begin_layout Standard
15055 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15056 print them as single characters.
15057 These groups are known as
15062 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15064 Here are the standard ligatures:
15067 \begin_layout Itemize
15071 \begin_layout Itemize
15075 \begin_layout Itemize
15079 \begin_layout Itemize
15083 \begin_layout Itemize
15087 \begin_layout Standard
15088 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15091 \begin_layout Standard
15092 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15093 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15101 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15117 To break a ligature, use
15119 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15120 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15122 \begin_inset space ~
15129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15140 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15157 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15165 \begin_layout Subsection
15167 \begin_inset Index idx
15170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15177 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15179 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15186 \begin_layout Standard
15187 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15188 characters in different sizes and heights.
15189 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15190 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15210 \begin_inset Note Note
15213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15214 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15222 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15223 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15228 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15232 \begin_layout Description
15233 LyX The name of the game, write
15234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15255 \begin_layout Description
15256 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15278 \begin_layout Description
15279 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15301 \begin_layout Description
15302 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
15303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15324 \begin_layout Standard
15325 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
15326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15330 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15338 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15339 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15340 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15343 : The actual version is
15344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15351 , the previous one was
15352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15362 \begin_layout Standard
15363 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15364 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15368 \begin_inset space \space{}
15371 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15373 This will look in LyX like:
15374 \begin_inset Graphics
15375 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15381 \begin_inset Newline newline
15384 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15385 \begin_inset space ~
15389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15391 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15398 \begin_layout Subsection
15400 \begin_inset Index idx
15403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15412 \begin_layout Standard
15413 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15414 space between two words.
15415 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15425 for units use the menu
15427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15428 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15430 \begin_inset space ~
15438 arg "space-insert thin"
15444 \begin_layout Standard
15445 Here's an example to show the differences:
15448 \begin_layout Standard
15449 \begin_inset Tabular
15450 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15451 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15452 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15453 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15460 \begin_inset space ~
15464 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15476 space between number and unit
15483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15492 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15504 half space between number and unit
15517 \begin_layout Subsection
15519 \begin_inset Index idx
15522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15523 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15531 \begin_layout Standard
15532 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15534 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15535 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15536 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15537 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15538 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15539 These bits of text became known as
15550 \begin_layout Standard
15551 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15552 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15553 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15554 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15555 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15556 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15557 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15560 \begin_layout Standard
15561 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15562 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15563 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15564 \begin_inset space ~
15568 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15570 key "latexcompanion"
15575 \begin_inset space ~
15579 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15585 ] may have more information.
15586 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15589 \begin_layout Chapter
15590 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15591 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15593 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15600 \begin_layout Standard
15601 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15606 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15609 \begin_layout Section
15611 \begin_inset Index idx
15614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15630 \begin_layout Standard
15631 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15634 \begin_layout Description
15636 \begin_inset space ~
15639 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15640 \begin_inset Newline newline
15644 \begin_inset Note Note
15647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15648 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15656 \begin_layout Description
15657 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15658 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15660 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15661 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15662 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15665 \begin_inset Newline newline
15669 \begin_inset Note Comment
15672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15673 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15681 \begin_layout Description
15683 \begin_inset space ~
15686 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15687 \begin_inset Newline newline
15691 \begin_inset Newline newline
15695 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15704 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15705 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15706 How this can be done is explained in the
15715 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15721 \begin_inset Newline newline
15725 \begin_inset Newline newline
15728 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15729 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15732 \begin_layout Standard
15733 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15734 \begin_inset Graphics
15735 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15737 scaleBeforeRotation
15743 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15747 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15750 \begin_layout Section
15752 \begin_inset Index idx
15755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15764 name "sec:Footnotes"
15771 \begin_layout Standard
15772 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15775 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15778 or the toolbar button
15779 \begin_inset Graphics
15780 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15793 \begin_inset Graphics
15794 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15803 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15832 label, the box will
15836 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15837 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15850 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15866 \begin_layout Standard
15867 Here's an example footnote:
15875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15876 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15884 \begin_layout Standard
15885 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15886 position where the footnote box is placed.
15887 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15888 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15889 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15890 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15891 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15896 ey are described in the
15903 \begin_layout Section
15905 \begin_inset Index idx
15908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15917 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15924 \begin_layout Standard
15925 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15926 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15928 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15930 \begin_inset space ~
15935 or the toolbar button
15936 \begin_inset Graphics
15937 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15964 appearing within your text.
15965 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15974 \begin_layout Standard
15975 At the side is an example marginal note.
15979 \begin_inset Marginal
15982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15983 This is a marginal note.
15991 \begin_layout Standard
15992 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15993 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15994 pages, right on odd pages.
15997 \begin_layout Section
15998 Graphics and Images
15999 \begin_inset Index idx
16002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16009 \begin_inset Index idx
16012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16019 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16021 name "sec:Graphics"
16028 \begin_layout Standard
16029 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16030 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16031 \begin_inset Graphics
16032 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
16038 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16042 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16045 \begin_layout Standard
16046 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16051 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16052 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16054 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16055 \begin_inset space ~
16059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16061 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16068 \begin_layout Standard
16073 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16074 of the image in the output.
16075 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16079 \begin_inset space ~
16083 \begin_inset space ~
16092 \begin_inset space ~
16096 \begin_inset space ~
16100 \begin_inset space ~
16105 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16106 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16114 \begin_layout Standard
16117 LaTeX and LyX options
16119 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16120 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16124 \begin_inset space ~
16129 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16130 with the image size is printed.
16134 \begin_inset space ~
16138 \begin_inset space ~
16142 \begin_inset space ~
16147 is explained in the
16158 \begin_layout Standard
16159 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16160 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16162 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16166 \begin_layout Standard
16168 \begin_inset Graphics
16169 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16171 rotateOrigin center
16178 \begin_layout Standard
16179 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16180 the image into a float, see section
16181 \begin_inset space ~
16185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16187 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16194 \begin_layout Subsection
16196 \begin_inset Index idx
16199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16206 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16208 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16215 \begin_layout Standard
16216 You can insert images in any known file format.
16217 But as we explained in section
16218 \begin_inset space ~
16222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16224 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16228 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16229 LyX uses therefore the program
16233 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16234 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16235 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16236 \begin_inset space ~
16240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16242 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16249 \begin_layout Standard
16250 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16253 \begin_layout Description
16255 \begin_inset space ~
16258 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16259 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16260 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16264 Graphics Interchange Format
16265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16268 (GIF, file extension
16269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16281 \begin_inset Index idx
16284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16316 Portable Network Graphics
16317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16320 (PNG, file extension
16321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16333 \begin_inset Index idx
16336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16368 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16372 (JPG, file extension
16373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16397 \begin_inset Index idx
16400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16431 \begin_layout Description
16433 \begin_inset space ~
16436 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16438 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16439 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16440 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16441 \begin_inset Newline newline
16444 Scalable image formats can be
16445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16448 Scalable Vector Graphics
16449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16452 (SVG, file extension
16453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16465 \begin_inset Index idx
16468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16500 Encapsulated PostScript
16501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16504 (EPS, file extension
16505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16517 \begin_inset Index idx
16520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16552 Portable Document Format
16553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16556 (PDF, file extension
16557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16569 \begin_inset Index idx
16572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16579 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16580 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16581 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16587 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16595 \begin_layout Standard
16596 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16600 \begin_layout Subsection
16601 Grouping of Image Settings
16602 \begin_inset Index idx
16605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16606 Images ! Settings grouping
16614 \begin_layout Standard
16615 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16617 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16618 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16620 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16621 need to manually change each of them.
16625 \begin_layout Standard
16626 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16629 \begin_inset space ~
16634 field in the Graphics dialog.
16635 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16636 by checking the name of the desired group.
16639 \begin_layout Section
16641 \begin_inset Index idx
16644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16660 \begin_layout Standard
16661 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16662 \begin_inset Graphics
16663 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16670 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16674 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16675 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16676 from the rest of the table.
16677 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16678 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16680 Here's an example table:
16683 \begin_layout Standard
16685 \begin_inset Tabular
16686 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16687 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16688 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16689 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16690 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16691 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16891 \begin_layout Subsection
16895 \begin_layout Standard
16896 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16897 brings up the table dialog.
16898 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16899 where the cursor is placed currently.
16900 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16901 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16902 done on all of your selection.
16905 \begin_layout Standard
16906 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16909 \begin_inset space ~
16914 helps you in setting table properties.
16915 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16918 \begin_layout Standard
16922 \begin_inset space ~
16927 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16928 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16929 current cell respectively.
16930 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16932 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16933 of text, see section
16934 \begin_inset space ~
16938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16940 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16947 \begin_layout Standard
16948 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
16949 using the check box
16958 This will merge the cells to
16962 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
16963 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16964 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16965 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16966 in the last row without the upper border:
16969 \begin_layout Standard
16971 \begin_inset Tabular
16972 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16973 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16974 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16975 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16976 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16977 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16988 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16997 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17073 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17108 \begin_layout Standard
17109 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17110 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17111 explained in the tables section of the
17114 \begin_inset space ~
17120 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17121 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17124 degrees counterclockwise.
17125 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17128 \begin_layout Standard
17129 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17137 Most DVI-viewers are
17141 able to display rotations.
17149 \begin_layout Standard
17154 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17159 adds lines for all cell borders.
17162 \begin_layout Subsection
17164 \begin_inset Index idx
17167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17168 Tables ! Longtables
17174 \begin_inset Index idx
17177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17186 \begin_layout Standard
17187 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17190 \begin_inset space ~
17194 \begin_inset space ~
17203 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17204 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17207 \begin_layout Description
17212 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17213 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17214 except for the first page, if
17217 \begin_inset space ~
17225 \begin_layout Description
17229 \begin_inset space ~
17234 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17235 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17238 \begin_layout Description
17243 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17244 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17245 except for the last page, if
17248 \begin_inset space ~
17256 \begin_layout Description
17260 \begin_inset space ~
17265 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17266 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17269 \begin_layout Description
17270 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17271 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17273 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17277 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17280 \begin_inset space ~
17288 \begin_layout Standard
17289 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17290 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17291 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17292 The others will then be defined as
17297 In this context, first means first in this order:
17300 \begin_inset space ~
17312 \begin_inset space ~
17318 See the following longtable to see how it works:
17321 \begin_layout Standard
17323 \begin_inset Tabular
17324 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17325 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
17326 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17327 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17328 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17329 <row endfirsthead="true">
17330 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17336 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17341 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17350 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17360 <row endfirsthead="true">
17361 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17372 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17381 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17393 <row endhead="true">
17394 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17405 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17414 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17424 <row endhead="true">
17425 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17436 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17445 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17457 <row endfoot="true">
17458 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17469 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17478 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17509 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18450 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18459 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18468 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18479 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18510 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18541 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18572 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18603 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18634 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18665 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18727 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18758 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18789 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18820 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18851 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18882 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18913 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18944 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18975 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19006 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19037 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19068 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19099 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19130 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19161 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19192 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19223 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19254 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19285 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19316 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19347 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19378 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19409 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19439 <row endlastfoot="true">
19440 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19451 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19460 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19477 \begin_layout Subsection
19479 \begin_inset Index idx
19482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19491 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19498 \begin_layout Standard
19499 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19500 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19501 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19502 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19506 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19507 for the cell's paragraph.
19510 \begin_layout Standard
19511 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19512 for the column in the table dialog.
19513 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19514 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19518 \begin_layout Standard
19520 \begin_inset Tabular
19521 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19522 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19523 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19524 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19525 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19545 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19614 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19670 This is longer now.
19675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19726 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19727 This is longer now.
19732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19758 \begin_layout Standard
19759 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19760 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19765 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19766 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19772 Selection with the mouse or with
19776 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19777 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19778 the selection from outside the table.
19781 \begin_layout Section
19783 \begin_inset Index idx
19786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19802 \begin_layout Standard
19803 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19804 have a fixed location.
19806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19813 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19821 \begin_inset space ~
19826 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19827 too many notes on the page.
19830 \begin_layout Standard
19831 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19832 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19833 and pages without text.
19834 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19835 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19836 Floats are therefore numbered.
19837 Referencing is described in section
19838 \begin_inset space ~
19842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19844 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19851 \begin_layout Standard
19852 To insert a float, use the menu
19854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19858 A box with a caption that has e.
19859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19863 \begin_inset space \space{}
19867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19871 \begin_inset space ~
19875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19878 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19879 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19881 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19882 \begin_inset Index idx
19885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19891 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19892 paragraph within the float.
19893 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19894 by left-clicking on the box label.
19895 A closed float box looks like this:
19896 \begin_inset Graphics
19897 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19902 – a gray button with a red label.
19905 \begin_layout Standard
19906 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19907 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19910 \begin_layout Subsection
19914 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19916 \begin_inset Index idx
19919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19920 Floats ! Figure floats
19926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19928 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19935 \begin_layout Standard
19938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19939 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19942 inserts a float with the label
19943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19949 \begin_inset space ~
19955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19959 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19960 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19961 This is what we did for Figure
19962 \begin_inset space ~
19966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19968 reference "cap:Platypus"
19973 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19974 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19975 This was done in Figure
19976 \begin_inset space ~
19980 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19982 reference "cap:Escher"
19989 \begin_layout Standard
19990 \begin_inset Float figure
19995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19997 \begin_inset Graphics
19998 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20000 rotateOrigin center
20007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20008 \begin_inset Caption
20010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20013 name "cap:Platypus"
20017 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20030 \begin_layout Standard
20031 \begin_inset Float figure
20036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20037 \begin_inset Caption
20039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20040 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20057 \begin_inset Graphics
20058 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20060 rotateOrigin center
20072 \begin_layout Standard
20073 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20075 As described in section
20076 \begin_inset space ~
20080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20082 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20086 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20088 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20091 and refer to it using the menu
20093 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20097 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20106 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20118 \begin_layout Standard
20119 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20120 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20121 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20122 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20124 \begin_inset space ~
20128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20130 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20134 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20135 You can also set the images one below the other.
20137 \begin_inset space ~
20141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20143 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20150 reference "fig:Platypus"
20154 are the subfigures.
20157 \begin_layout Standard
20158 \begin_inset Float figure
20163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20164 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20168 \begin_inset Float figure
20173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20174 \begin_inset Caption
20176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20177 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20179 name "fig:Undefinable"
20191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20192 \begin_inset Graphics
20193 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20204 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20208 \begin_inset Float figure
20213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20214 \begin_inset Caption
20216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20217 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20219 name "fig:Platypus"
20231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20232 \begin_inset Graphics
20233 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20245 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20252 \begin_inset Caption
20254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20257 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20261 Two distorted images.
20274 \begin_layout Standard
20275 Note that the caption is added to the
20278 \begin_inset space ~
20282 \begin_inset space ~
20287 as described in section
20288 \begin_inset space ~
20292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20294 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20303 \begin_inset Index idx
20306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20307 Floats ! Table floats
20315 \begin_layout Standard
20316 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20318 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20319 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20323 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20326 \begin_inset space ~
20330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20332 reference "cap:Table-float"
20336 is an example of a table float.
20339 \begin_layout Standard
20340 \begin_inset Float table
20345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20346 \begin_inset Caption
20348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20349 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20351 name "cap:Table-float"
20363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20365 \begin_inset Tabular
20366 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20367 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20368 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20369 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20370 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20497 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20518 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20521 \end{array}\right]$
20529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20542 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20563 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20565 \begin_inset Index idx
20568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20569 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20577 \begin_layout Standard
20578 This float type is inserted with the menu
20580 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20581 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20585 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20586 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20590 , described in section
20591 \begin_inset space ~
20595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20597 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20604 \begin_layout Standard
20605 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20613 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20619 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20622 \begin_layout Standard
20627 floatname{algorithm}{your
20628 \begin_inset space ~
20634 \begin_layout Standard
20635 to the document preamble (menu
20637 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20644 \begin_inset space ~
20650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20664 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20666 \begin_inset Index idx
20669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20670 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20678 \begin_layout Standard
20679 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20687 \begin_inset Graphics
20688 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20690 rotateOrigin center
20697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20698 \begin_inset Caption
20700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20703 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20707 This is a wrapped figure.
20708 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20721 This float type is used if you want to
20722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20729 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20731 It can be inserted using the menu
20733 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20734 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20736 \begin_inset space ~
20741 if the LaTeX-package
20746 \begin_inset Index idx
20749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20750 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20760 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20763 \begin_inset space ~
20773 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20776 \begin_inset space ~
20780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20782 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20786 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20787 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20795 Available units are explained in Appendix
20796 \begin_inset space ~
20800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20802 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20811 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20815 \begin_layout Standard
20816 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20824 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20825 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20829 \begin_inset space \space{}
20832 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20833 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20842 \begin_layout Itemize
20843 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20844 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20845 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20846 page breaks will appear.
20849 \begin_layout Itemize
20850 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20851 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20854 \begin_layout Itemize
20855 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20856 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20859 \begin_layout Itemize
20860 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20863 \begin_layout Subsection
20865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20867 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20872 \begin_inset Index idx
20875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20884 \begin_layout Standard
20885 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20886 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20890 \begin_inset space ~
20898 \begin_layout Standard
20899 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20900 have a multicolumn document).
20901 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20904 \begin_inset space ~
20910 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20911 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20918 \begin_layout Standard
20919 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20920 format is also the same: Table
20921 \begin_inset space ~
20925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20927 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20931 is an example of a rotated table float.
20934 \begin_layout Standard
20935 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20943 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20951 \begin_layout Standard
20952 \begin_inset Float table
20957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20958 \begin_inset Caption
20960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20963 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20977 \begin_inset Tabular
20978 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20979 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20980 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20981 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20982 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20983 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20984 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21044 \begin_layout Subsection
21046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21048 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21053 \begin_inset Index idx
21056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21065 \begin_layout Standard
21066 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21067 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21068 \begin_inset Newline newline
21074 \begin_inset space ~
21079 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21080 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21081 \begin_inset Newline newline
21087 \begin_inset space ~
21092 is used to rotate floats, see section
21093 \begin_inset space ~
21097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21099 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21106 \begin_layout Standard
21107 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21108 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21111 \begin_inset space ~
21115 \begin_inset space ~
21123 \begin_layout Description
21125 \begin_inset space ~
21129 \begin_inset space ~
21132 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21135 \begin_layout Description
21137 \begin_inset space ~
21141 \begin_inset space ~
21144 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21147 \begin_layout Description
21149 \begin_inset space ~
21153 \begin_inset space ~
21156 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21159 \begin_layout Description
21161 \begin_inset space ~
21165 \begin_inset space ~
21168 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21171 \begin_layout Standard
21172 The order of the above option is
21177 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21181 \begin_inset space ~
21185 \begin_inset space ~
21193 \begin_inset space ~
21197 \begin_inset space ~
21202 , and then the others.
21203 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21205 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21206 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21209 \begin_layout Standard
21210 By default, each option has its own rules:
21213 \begin_layout Standard
21217 \begin_inset space ~
21221 \begin_inset space ~
21226 only floats occupying less than 70
21227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21230 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21233 \begin_layout Standard
21237 \begin_inset space ~
21241 \begin_inset space ~
21246 : only floats occupying less than 30
21247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21250 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21253 \begin_layout Standard
21257 \begin_inset space ~
21261 \begin_inset space ~
21266 : only if more than 50
21267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21270 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21274 \begin_layout Standard
21275 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21279 \begin_inset space ~
21283 \begin_inset space ~
21291 \begin_layout Standard
21292 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21293 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21294 For this case you can use the option
21297 \begin_inset space ~
21303 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21305 Because the float is then no longer able to
21306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21313 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21316 \begin_layout Standard
21317 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21318 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21321 \begin_layout Standard
21322 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
21324 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21326 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21333 \begin_layout Section
21335 \begin_inset Index idx
21338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21347 name "sec:Minipages"
21354 \begin_layout Standard
21355 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21357 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21358 \begin_inset space ~
21365 \begin_layout Standard
21366 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21368 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21372 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21373 and its alignment within the page.
21376 \begin_layout Standard
21378 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21388 height_special "totalheight"
21391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21394 This is a minipage.
21395 The text is set in an italic style.
21398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21401 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21402 another formatting.
21410 \begin_layout Standard
21411 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21414 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21418 as described in section
21419 \begin_inset space ~
21423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21425 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21430 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21436 \begin_layout Standard
21437 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21447 height_special "totalheight"
21450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21451 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21452 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21458 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21462 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21472 height_special "totalheight"
21475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21476 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21477 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21485 \begin_layout Standard
21486 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21492 \begin_layout Standard
21493 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21494 to other box types.
21495 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21506 \begin_layout Chapter
21507 Mathematical Formulas
21508 \begin_inset Index idx
21511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21518 \begin_inset Index idx
21521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21552 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21559 \begin_layout Standard
21560 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21565 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21568 \begin_layout Section
21570 \begin_inset Index idx
21573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21582 \begin_layout Standard
21583 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21584 \begin_inset Graphics
21585 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21590 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21592 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21593 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21594 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21596 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21602 \begin_layout Standard
21603 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21607 \begin_inset space ~
21612 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21615 \begin_layout Standard
21616 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21617 line, like this one:
21620 \begin_layout Standard
21621 This is a line with an inline formula
21622 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21628 \begin_layout Standard
21629 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21631 \begin_inset Formula \[
21637 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21640 \begin_layout Standard
21641 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21647 \begin_inset space \space{}
21651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21664 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21665 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21669 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21672 \begin_inset space ~
21680 \begin_layout Subsection
21681 Navigating in Formulas
21682 \begin_inset Index idx
21685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21694 \begin_layout Standard
21695 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21696 achieved with the arrow keys.
21697 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21698 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21703 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21704 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21708 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21712 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21715 \end{array}\right]$
21723 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21728 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21729 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21732 \begin_layout Standard
21737 , printed in this document as
21738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21759 \begin_inset Note Note
21762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21763 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21764 space character (visible space).
21769 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21770 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21771 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21776 For example, if you want
21777 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21831 , since in the latter case only the
21834 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21839 will be under the square root sign:
21840 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21846 \begin_layout Standard
21847 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21849 \begin_inset Formula \[
21850 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21859 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21860 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21863 \begin_layout Subsection
21867 \begin_layout Standard
21868 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21869 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21873 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21874 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21875 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21876 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21877 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21880 \begin_layout Subsection
21881 Exponents and Subscripts
21882 \begin_inset Index idx
21885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21892 \begin_inset Index idx
21895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21904 \begin_layout Standard
21905 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21906 way is to use a command.
21908 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21911 , type in a formula
21917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21933 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21939 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21943 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21964 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21973 , you have to use an extra
21977 to separate the hat and the character.
21979 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21983 \begin_inset space \space{}
21987 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22008 Subscripts are similar: To get
22009 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22032 \begin_layout Subsection
22034 \begin_inset Index idx
22037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22046 \begin_layout Standard
22047 Create a fraction with either the command
22054 \begin_inset Graphics
22055 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22063 \begin_inset space ~
22069 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22070 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22071 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22076 To move back up, press
22081 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22082 \begin_inset Formula \[
22083 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22086 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22094 \begin_layout Subsection
22096 \begin_inset Index idx
22099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22108 \begin_layout Standard
22109 Roots can be created using the
22112 \begin_inset space ~
22118 \begin_inset Graphics
22119 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22142 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22148 produces always a square root.
22151 \begin_layout Subsection
22152 Operators with Limits
22153 \begin_inset Index idx
22156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22163 \begin_inset Index idx
22166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22175 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22182 \begin_layout Standard
22184 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22188 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22191 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22192 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22193 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22194 The sum operator will automatically place its
22195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22202 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22205 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22209 \begin_inset Formula \[
22210 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22215 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22219 \begin_layout Standard
22220 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22222 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22223 behind the operator and hitting
22231 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22232 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22234 \begin_inset space ~
22238 \begin_inset space ~
22246 \begin_layout Standard
22247 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22255 feature as addition, such as
22256 \begin_inset Index idx
22259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22266 \begin_inset Formula \[
22267 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22272 which will place the
22273 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22285 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22286 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22292 \begin_layout Standard
22293 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22300 Have a look at section
22301 \begin_inset space ~
22305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22307 reference "sub:Functions"
22311 for an explanation of function macros.
22314 \begin_layout Subsection
22316 \begin_inset Index idx
22319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22328 \begin_layout Standard
22329 Most math symbols can be found in the
22332 \begin_inset space ~
22337 under one of several categories; including
22354 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22358 \begin_layout Standard
22359 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22360 you don't have to use the
22363 \begin_inset space ~
22368 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22369 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22372 \begin_layout Subsection
22374 \begin_inset Index idx
22377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22386 \begin_layout Standard
22387 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22392 arg "space-insert protected"
22398 \begin_inset space ~
22404 \begin_inset Graphics
22405 filename ../images/math/space.png
22410 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22411 For example, the sequence
22416 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22420 \begin_inset Graphics
22421 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22426 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22427 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22428 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22429 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22431 Here are two examples:
22434 \begin_layout Standard
22444 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22450 \begin_layout Standard
22460 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22466 \begin_layout Subsection
22468 \begin_inset Index idx
22471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22480 name "sub:Functions"
22487 \begin_layout Standard
22491 \begin_inset space ~
22496 contains under the button
22497 \begin_inset Graphics
22498 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22502 a number of function macros, such as
22503 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22507 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22515 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22522 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22523 avoid confusions, because
22524 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22528 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22534 \begin_layout Standard
22535 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22537 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22541 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22547 \begin_layout Standard
22548 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22549 s are placed, as described in section
22550 \begin_inset space ~
22554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22556 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22563 \begin_layout Subsection
22565 \begin_inset Index idx
22568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22577 \begin_layout Standard
22578 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22580 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22581 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22582 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22586 \begin_inset space \space{}
22590 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22593 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22594 Our example is entered by typing
22602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22615 \begin_inset space ~
22619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22621 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22625 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22628 \begin_layout Standard
22629 \begin_inset Float table
22634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22635 \begin_inset Caption
22637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22638 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22640 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22644 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22654 \begin_inset Tabular
22655 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22656 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22657 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22658 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22659 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22743 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22797 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22851 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22905 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22959 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23013 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23067 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23121 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23175 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23220 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23241 \begin_layout Standard
23242 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23245 \begin_inset space ~
23251 \begin_inset Graphics
23252 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23256 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23260 \begin_layout Section
23261 Brackets and Delimiters
23262 \begin_inset Index idx
23265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23272 \begin_inset Index idx
23275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23284 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23291 \begin_layout Standard
23292 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23293 For most purposes, using just the keys
23298 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23299 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23300 toolbar delimiter icon
23301 \begin_inset Graphics
23302 filename ../images/math/delim.png
23307 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23309 \begin_inset Formula \[
23310 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23318 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23319 \begin_inset Formula \[
23320 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23328 \begin_layout Standard
23329 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23330 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23333 \begin_layout Standard
23334 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23335 left side and right side.
23336 If you use the option
23339 \begin_inset space ~
23344 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23345 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23346 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23347 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23350 \begin_layout Standard
23351 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23352 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23353 inside the brackets.
23354 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23359 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23362 \begin_layout Section
23363 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23364 \begin_inset Index idx
23367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23374 \begin_inset Index idx
23377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23384 \begin_inset Index idx
23387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23388 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23396 \begin_layout Standard
23397 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23400 \begin_inset space ~
23406 \begin_inset Graphics
23407 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23412 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23413 Here is an example:
23414 \begin_inset Formula \[
23415 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23424 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23425 \begin_inset space ~
23429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23431 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23436 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23437 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23438 This alignment is set in the box
23443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23491 for every column as default.
23492 For example, the sequence
23493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23504 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23505 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23506 corresponds to the relevant column.
23507 The result will look like this:
23508 \begin_inset Formula \[
23510 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23511 column & has & has\, right\\
23512 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23521 \begin_layout Standard
23522 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23525 arg "newline-insert newline"
23528 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23529 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23531 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23534 or the math toolbar.
23537 \begin_layout Standard
23538 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23539 It can be created with the menu
23541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23542 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23544 \begin_inset space ~
23556 Here is an example:
23557 \begin_inset Formula \[
23570 \begin_layout Standard
23571 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23574 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23577 arg "newline-insert newline"
23581 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23586 arg "newline-insert newline"
23589 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23597 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23598 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23599 A new row is created by every further hit of
23602 arg "newline-insert newline"
23606 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23607 Here is an example:
23608 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23609 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23610 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23615 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23616 where you want to start the shift and hit
23621 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23622 position to the next column.
23623 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23624 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23625 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23626 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23634 \begin_layout Standard
23635 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23642 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23643 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23646 reference "eq:asquared"
23651 The other types are described in section
23652 \begin_inset space ~
23656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23658 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23665 \begin_layout Section
23666 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23667 \begin_inset Index idx
23670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23671 Math ! Formula numbering
23677 \begin_inset Index idx
23680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23681 Math ! Referencing formulas
23687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23689 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23696 \begin_layout Standard
23697 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23699 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23700 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23702 \begin_inset space ~
23710 arg "math-number-toggle"
23714 The formula number appears in LyX as
23715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23722 within parentheses.
23724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23731 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23733 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23734 the document class.
23735 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23736 separated by a dot:
23737 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23746 arg "math-number-toggle"
23749 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23750 You can only number displayed formulas.
23753 \begin_layout Standard
23754 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23756 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23757 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23759 \begin_inset space ~
23763 \begin_inset space ~
23767 \begin_inset space ~
23775 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23778 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23779 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23781 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23787 To number all lines use the shortcut
23790 arg "math-number-toggle"
23796 \begin_layout Standard
23797 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23800 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23801 A label is inserted with the menu
23803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23806 when the cursor is in the formula.
23807 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23808 It is recommended to use the proposed
23809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23820 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23821 type when you have many labels in your document.
23822 We inserted in the following example the label
23823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23830 in the second line:
23831 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23832 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23833 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23838 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23839 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23849 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23851 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23853 \begin_inset space ~
23859 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23860 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23861 as the formula number:
23864 \begin_layout Standard
23865 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23868 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23875 \begin_layout Standard
23876 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23877 \begin_inset space ~
23881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23883 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23888 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23894 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23899 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23907 \begin_layout Section
23908 User defined math macros
23909 \begin_inset Index idx
23912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23921 \begin_layout Standard
23922 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23923 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23924 Math macros are explained in section
23927 \begin_inset space ~
23939 \begin_layout Section
23943 \begin_layout Subsection
23945 \begin_inset Index idx
23948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23957 \begin_layout Standard
23958 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23959 To set a font in a formula, use the
23962 \begin_inset space ~
23968 \begin_inset Graphics
23969 filename ../images/math/font.png
23973 , or enter its command, listed in table
23974 \begin_inset space ~
23978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23980 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23987 \begin_layout Standard
23988 \begin_inset Float table
23993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23994 \begin_inset Caption
23996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23999 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24003 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24013 \begin_inset Tabular
24014 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24015 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24017 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24049 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24076 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24103 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24136 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24163 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24190 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24224 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24251 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24285 \begin_layout Standard
24286 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24294 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24310 \begin_layout Standard
24311 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24312 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24317 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24318 space when you need a space in the box.
24319 Here an example where
24320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24331 denotes the set of numbers:
24332 \begin_inset Formula \[
24333 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24341 \begin_layout Standard
24342 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24344 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24348 \begin_inset space \space{}
24360 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24364 \begin_inset Newline newline
24367 So it is better not to use this feature.
24370 \begin_layout Standard
24371 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24372 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24376 \begin_inset Newline newline
24379 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24385 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24386 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24392 \begin_layout Standard
24399 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24402 \begin_layout Standard
24403 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24405 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24406 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24408 \begin_inset space ~
24416 \begin_layout Subsection
24418 \begin_inset Index idx
24421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24430 \begin_layout Standard
24431 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24433 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24437 \begin_inset space ~
24441 \begin_inset space ~
24449 \begin_inset space ~
24455 \begin_inset Graphics
24456 filename ../images/math/font.png
24467 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24468 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24469 Here is an example:
24470 \begin_inset Formula \[
24472 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24473 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24482 \begin_layout Subsection
24484 \begin_inset Index idx
24487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24496 \begin_layout Standard
24497 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24498 automatically chosen in most situations.
24516 For most characters,
24524 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24525 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24530 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24531 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24533 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24534 \begin_inset Graphics
24535 filename ../images/math/style.png
24540 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24541 For example, you can set
24542 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24545 , which is normally in
24554 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24558 The four styles are used in the following example:
24561 \begin_layout Standard
24562 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24566 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24570 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24574 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24580 \begin_layout Standard
24581 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24582 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24584 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24586 \begin_inset space ~
24591 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24592 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24593 will be adjusted to correspond.
24594 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24605 \begin_layout Standard
24609 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24615 \begin_layout Section
24619 \begin_layout Standard
24620 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24621 the document classes and into layout modules.
24622 \begin_inset Index idx
24625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24631 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24632 other than the AMS classes.
24634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24636 reference "sub:Modules"
24640 for more on layout modules.
24643 \begin_layout Section
24645 \begin_inset Index idx
24648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24655 \begin_inset Index idx
24658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24667 \begin_layout Standard
24668 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24669 (AMS) that are in common use.
24672 \begin_layout Subsection
24673 Enabling AMS-Support
24676 \begin_layout Standard
24677 Selecting the checkbox
24680 \begin_inset space ~
24684 \begin_inset space ~
24688 \begin_inset space ~
24695 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24699 \begin_inset Index idx
24702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24703 Document ! Settings
24711 \begin_inset space ~
24716 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24718 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24719 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24722 \begin_layout Subsection
24724 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24726 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24731 \begin_inset Index idx
24734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24735 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24743 \begin_layout Standard
24744 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24745 LyX allows you to choose between
24766 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24769 \begin_layout Chapter
24773 \begin_layout Section
24775 \begin_inset Index idx
24778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24787 name "sec:Cross-References"
24794 \begin_layout Standard
24795 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24796 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24798 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24799 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24800 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24803 \begin_layout Enumerate
24807 \begin_layout Enumerate
24808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24810 name "enu:Second-item"
24817 \begin_layout Enumerate
24821 \begin_layout Standard
24822 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24824 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24827 or by pressing the toolbar button
24828 \begin_inset Graphics
24829 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24835 A grey label box like this:
24836 \begin_inset Graphics
24837 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24842 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24843 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24878 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24879 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24883 \begin_inset space \space{}
24886 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24901 \begin_layout Standard
24902 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24904 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24907 or the toolbar button
24908 \begin_inset Graphics
24909 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24915 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24916 \begin_inset Graphics
24917 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24922 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24924 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24937 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24941 \begin_layout Standard
24944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24947 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24952 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24953 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24955 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24961 \begin_layout Standard
24962 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24963 \begin_inset space ~
24967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24969 reference "enu:Second-item"
24976 \begin_layout Standard
24977 It is recommended to use a protected space
24981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24982 described in section
24983 \begin_inset space ~
24987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24989 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24998 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25002 \begin_layout Standard
25003 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25006 \begin_layout Description
25007 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25010 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25017 \begin_layout Description
25018 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25019 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25031 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25038 \begin_layout Description
25039 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25040 \begin_inset space ~
25044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25045 LatexCommand pageref
25046 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25053 \begin_layout Description
25055 \begin_inset space ~
25059 \begin_inset space ~
25062 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25064 LatexCommand vpageref
25065 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25072 \begin_layout Description
25074 \begin_inset space ~
25078 \begin_inset space ~
25082 \begin_inset space ~
25085 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25088 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25095 \begin_layout Description
25097 \begin_inset space ~
25100 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25101 \begin_inset Newline newline
25105 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25113 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25122 \begin_inset Index idx
25125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25126 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25132 \begin_inset Index idx
25135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25136 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25149 \begin_layout Description
25151 \begin_inset space ~
25154 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25156 LatexCommand nameref
25157 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25164 \begin_layout Standard
25169 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25176 \begin_inset space \space{}
25180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25194 <reference> on page <page>
25196 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25199 \begin_layout Standard
25200 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25201 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25202 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25206 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25210 \begin_layout Standard
25211 You can only use the style
25215 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25219 is always possible.
25222 \begin_layout Standard
25223 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25224 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25226 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25227 \begin_inset space ~
25231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25233 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25240 \begin_layout Standard
25241 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25245 \begin_inset space ~
25249 \begin_inset space ~
25254 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25255 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25258 \begin_inset space ~
25263 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25264 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25265 \begin_inset Graphics
25266 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
25267 rotateOrigin center
25274 \begin_layout Standard
25275 You can change labels at any time.
25276 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25277 do not need to take care about this.
25280 \begin_layout Standard
25281 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25282 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25285 \begin_layout Standard
25286 References are described in detail in sec.
25287 \begin_inset space ~
25291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25305 \begin_layout Section
25306 Table of Contents and other Listings
25307 \begin_inset Index idx
25310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25317 \begin_inset Index idx
25320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25336 \begin_layout Subsection
25338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25340 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25347 \begin_layout Standard
25348 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25351 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25353 \begin_inset space ~
25357 \begin_inset space ~
25363 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25364 If you click on it, the
25368 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25369 sections in your documents.
25370 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25372 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25375 that is described in sec.
25376 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25382 reference "sec:Navigating"
25389 \begin_layout Standard
25390 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25391 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25393 \begin_inset space ~
25397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25399 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25403 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25405 \begin_inset space ~
25409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25411 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25415 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25417 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25420 \begin_layout Subsection
25421 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25424 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25431 \begin_layout Standard
25432 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25433 You can insert them via the
25435 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25437 \begin_inset space ~
25441 \begin_inset space ~
25447 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25450 \begin_layout Section
25451 URLs and Hyperlinks
25452 \begin_inset Index idx
25455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25462 \begin_inset Index idx
25465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25474 \begin_layout Subsection
25476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25485 \begin_layout Standard
25486 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25494 \begin_layout Standard
25495 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25496 \begin_inset Flex URL
25499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25509 \begin_layout Standard
25510 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25516 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25520 \begin_layout Standard
25521 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25529 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25537 \begin_layout Subsection
25539 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25541 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25548 \begin_layout Standard
25549 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25551 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25554 or with the toolbar button
25555 \begin_inset Graphics
25556 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25561 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25570 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25571 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25572 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25574 name "LyX's homepage"
25575 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25579 , an Email address like this:
25580 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25582 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25583 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25588 , or a link to a file.
25591 \begin_layout Standard
25592 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25605 to the link target.
25608 \begin_layout Standard
25609 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25610 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25611 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25612 the text style dialog.
25613 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25617 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25619 name "LyX's homepage"
25620 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25627 \begin_layout Standard
25628 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25632 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25634 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25635 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25639 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25641 \begin_inset Newline newline
25649 \begin_inset Newline newline
25656 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25659 \begin_layout Section
25661 \begin_inset Index idx
25664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25671 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25673 name "sec:Appendices"
25680 \begin_layout Standard
25681 Appendices are created with the menu
25683 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25685 \begin_inset space ~
25689 \begin_inset space ~
25695 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25696 as the appendix region.
25697 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25701 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25702 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25703 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25704 and the subsection number.
25705 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25709 \begin_layout Standard
25711 \begin_inset space ~
25715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25717 reference "cha:Credits"
25722 \begin_inset space ~
25726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25728 reference "sub:Export"
25735 \begin_layout Section
25737 \begin_inset Index idx
25740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25747 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25749 name "sec:Bibliography"
25756 \begin_layout Standard
25757 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25758 You can include a bibliography database,
25762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25763 Known under the name
25764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25776 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25777 manually, using the paragraph environment
25781 , which was described in section
25782 \begin_inset space ~
25786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25788 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25793 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25794 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25798 use a bibliography database.
25801 \begin_layout Subsection
25802 The Bibliography Environment
25805 \begin_layout Standard
25810 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25812 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25821 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25823 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25832 , a short form of its title, as key.
25835 \begin_layout Standard
25836 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25841 or the toolbar button
25842 \begin_inset Graphics
25843 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25848 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25849 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25850 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25851 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25855 \begin_layout Standard
25856 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25857 entry with surrounding brackets.
25862 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25863 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25875 \begin_layout Standard
25878 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25881 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25883 key "latexcompanion"
25890 \begin_layout Standard
25891 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25892 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25901 \begin_layout Subsection
25902 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25903 \begin_inset Index idx
25906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25907 Bibliography ! Databases
25913 \begin_inset Index idx
25916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25917 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25925 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25932 \begin_layout Standard
25933 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25939 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25941 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25942 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25947 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25949 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25950 your working field in a database.
25951 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25952 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25954 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25958 \begin_layout Standard
25959 The database is a text file with the file extension
25960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25971 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25972 The format is explained in
25973 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25979 and in LaTeX books (
25980 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25982 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25987 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25988 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25989 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25990 \begin_inset Flex URL
25993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25995 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26003 \begin_layout Standard
26004 To use a database, use the menu
26006 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26011 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26024 \begin_inset space ~
26030 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26031 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26034 Add bibliography to TOC
26036 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26041 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26042 in the document or just the cited references.
26045 \begin_layout Standard
26046 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26058 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26059 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26060 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26062 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26068 For information how this is done, have a look at
26069 \begin_inset Newline newline
26073 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26075 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26087 \begin_layout Standard
26088 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26091 \begin_layout Standard
26092 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26093 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26096 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26124 \begin_inset space ~
26130 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26136 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26145 \begin_layout Standard
26146 When you select the option
26148 Sectioned bibliography
26152 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26155 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26156 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26158 Customizing Bibliographies
26166 Additional Features
26171 \begin_layout Standard
26172 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26173 the two methods of creating them.
26174 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26175 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26176 We used the style file
26180 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26183 \begin_layout Subsection
26184 Bibliography layout
26185 \begin_inset Index idx
26188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26189 Bibliography ! Layout
26197 \begin_layout Standard
26198 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26199 For this feature you need to enable the option
26205 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26209 \begin_inset Index idx
26212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26213 Document ! Settings
26223 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26224 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26225 in the previous section.
26228 \begin_layout Standard
26229 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26230 in the citation reference window.
26231 Here an example where we set the text
26232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26236 \begin_inset space ~
26240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26243 to appear after the reference:
26246 \begin_layout Standard
26248 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26251 key "latexcompanion"
26258 \begin_layout Section
26260 \begin_inset Index idx
26263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26279 \begin_layout Standard
26280 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26284 \begin_inset space ~
26289 or the toolbar button
26290 \begin_inset Graphics
26291 filename ../images/index-insert.png
26297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26308 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26309 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26310 by LyX as the index entry.
26313 \begin_layout Standard
26314 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26315 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26317 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26319 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26326 \begin_layout Standard
26327 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26329 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26331 \begin_inset space ~
26335 \begin_inset space ~
26338 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26340 \begin_inset space ~
26346 A light blue box labeled
26347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26358 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26359 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26362 \begin_layout Subsection
26363 Grouping Index Entries
26364 \begin_inset Index idx
26367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26376 \begin_layout Standard
26377 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26379 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26380 lists under the entry
26381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26389 First we create the entry
26390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26398 \begin_inset space ~
26402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26404 reference "sub:Lists"
26409 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26410 \begin_inset space ~
26414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26416 reference "sec:Itemize"
26420 , we insert the command
26423 \begin_layout Standard
26429 \begin_layout Standard
26433 \begin_layout Standard
26439 \begin_layout Standard
26440 for the enumerated list in section
26441 \begin_inset space ~
26445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26447 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26454 \begin_layout Standard
26455 The exclamation mark
26456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26463 marks the grouping levels.
26464 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26465 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26466 If we don't have an index entry for
26467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26474 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26477 \begin_layout Subsection
26479 \begin_inset Index idx
26482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26483 Index ! Page ranges
26491 \begin_layout Standard
26492 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26494 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26495 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26497 \begin_inset space ~
26501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26503 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26510 \begin_layout Standard
26513 Paragraph environments|(
26516 \begin_layout Standard
26517 and another entry at the end of section
26518 \begin_inset space ~
26522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26524 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26531 \begin_layout Standard
26534 Paragraph environments|)
26537 \begin_layout Standard
26539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26562 respectively start and end the index range.
26563 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26564 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26565 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26566 An example is the index entry
26567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26570 Document ! Settings
26571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26577 \begin_layout Subsection
26579 \begin_inset Index idx
26582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26583 Index ! Cross referencing
26591 \begin_layout Standard
26592 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26593 We referred for example in the index entry
26594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26602 \begin_inset space ~
26606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26608 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26612 ) to the index entry
26613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26620 in the same section using the entry
26623 \begin_layout Standard
26626 GIF|see{Image formats}
26629 \begin_layout Standard
26630 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26631 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26632 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26635 \begin_layout Subsection
26637 \begin_inset Index idx
26640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26641 Index ! Entry order
26649 \begin_layout Standard
26650 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26651 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26652 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26657 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26659 \begin_inset space ~
26663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26665 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26674 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26675 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26700 \begin_inset Index idx
26703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26704 Dummy entries ! maïs
26710 \begin_inset Index idx
26713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26714 Dummy entries ! maître
26720 \begin_inset Index idx
26723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26724 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26729 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26730 order maïs, maison, maître.
26731 To achieve this, we use the command
26734 \begin_layout Standard
26737 previous entry@current entry
26740 \begin_layout Standard
26741 In our case we want to have
26742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26757 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26760 \begin_layout Standard
26766 \begin_layout Standard
26767 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26768 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26772 \begin_layout Standard
26773 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26779 \begin_layout Standard
26780 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26785 to generate the index (see sec.
26786 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26792 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26801 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26803 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26809 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26813 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26814 index commands start with
26815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26827 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26832 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26835 \begin_layout Standard
26847 \begin_layout Standard
26859 \begin_layout Subsection
26861 \begin_inset Index idx
26864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26865 Index ! Entry layout
26873 \begin_layout Standard
26874 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26875 \begin_inset Index idx
26878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26881 This is an italic dummy entry
26886 You can also format the page number using the character
26887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26894 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26895 We can write for example
26898 \begin_layout Standard
26901 italic page number:|textit
26904 \begin_layout Standard
26905 to get the page number in italic.
26906 \begin_inset Index idx
26909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26910 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26915 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26933 \begin_inset space ~
26939 Have a look at section
26940 \begin_inset space ~
26944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26946 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26950 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26953 \begin_layout Standard
26954 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26962 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26966 to generate the index, see sec.
26967 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26973 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26982 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26983 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
26984 they can be used, see
26985 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26988 key "latexcompanion"
27000 \begin_layout Standard
27001 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27003 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27004 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27005 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27006 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27007 If so, put the following in the preamble
27010 \begin_layout Standard
27022 \begin_layout Standard
27026 \begin_layout Standard
27032 \begin_layout Standard
27033 in the index entry.
27034 \begin_inset Index idx
27037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27038 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27043 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27044 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27045 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27048 \begin_layout Standard
27049 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27055 \begin_inset space \space{}
27058 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27059 for all index entries.
27060 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27072 documentation for details,
27073 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27075 key "makeindex,xindy"
27082 \begin_layout Subsection
27084 \begin_inset Index idx
27087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27096 name "sub:Index-Program"
27103 \begin_layout Standard
27104 If the index entry program
27108 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27112 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27121 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27122 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27123 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27124 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27125 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27135 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27136 dialog, see section
27137 \begin_inset space ~
27141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27143 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27148 The available options are listed and explained in
27149 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27151 key "makeindex,xindy"
27156 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27160 \begin_layout Standard
27161 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27162 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27165 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27166 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27167 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27171 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27172 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27175 \begin_layout Subsection
27179 \begin_layout Standard
27180 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27181 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27189 next to the standard index.
27190 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27191 packages that add this feature.
27197 \begin_inset Index idx
27200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27201 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27206 package to generate multiple indexes.
27207 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27208 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27209 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27216 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27217 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27218 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27221 \begin_layout Standard
27222 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27224 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27225 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27226 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27233 Use multiple Indexes
27234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27238 Note that the list of
27239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27246 below already contains the standard index.
27247 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27248 also appear as a heading) to the
27249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27256 input field and press the
27257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27265 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27266 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27267 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27271 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27277 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27278 indexes in the LyX work area.
27281 \begin_layout Standard
27282 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27287 \begin_inset space ~
27291 \begin_inset space ~
27300 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27301 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27302 are some additional features:
27305 \begin_layout Itemize
27306 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27307 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27310 \begin_layout Itemize
27311 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27312 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27321 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27323 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27326 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27327 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27328 to the non-subindexes.
27331 \begin_layout Section
27332 Nomenclature / Glossary
27333 \begin_inset Index idx
27336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27343 \begin_inset Index idx
27346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27377 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27384 \begin_layout Standard
27385 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27386 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27390 \begin_layout Standard
27391 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27396 \begin_inset Index idx
27399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27400 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27406 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27407 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27413 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27416 \begin_layout Standard
27417 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27418 and then use the menu
27420 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27426 \begin_inset space ~
27431 or the toolbar button
27432 \begin_inset Graphics
27433 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
27439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27450 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27453 \begin_layout Standard
27454 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27455 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27456 The second is the description of the symbol.
27459 \begin_layout Standard
27460 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27468 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27476 \begin_layout Subsection
27477 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27478 \begin_inset Index idx
27481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27482 Nomenclature ! Layout
27490 \begin_layout Standard
27491 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27495 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27501 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27509 \begin_inset Newline newline
27517 \begin_inset Newline newline
27523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27530 character starts/ends the formula.
27531 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27543 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27553 \begin_layout Standard
27554 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27555 \begin_inset space ~
27559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27561 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27568 \begin_layout Standard
27572 \begin_inset space ~
27577 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27578 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27583 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27590 in this document is:
27591 \begin_inset Newline newline
27596 dummy entry for the character
27601 \begin_inset Newline newline
27613 \begin_inset space ~
27623 font use the command
27652 \begin_layout Subsection
27653 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27654 \begin_inset Index idx
27657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27658 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27666 \begin_layout Standard
27667 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27668 the symbol definition.
27669 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27670 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27673 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27674 LatexCommand nomenclature
27676 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27683 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27687 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27688 LatexCommand nomenclature
27691 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27696 They will be sorted by
27697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27723 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27726 will be sorted before the
27730 since the character
27731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27738 is considered in sorting.
27741 \begin_layout Standard
27742 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27745 \begin_inset space ~
27750 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27751 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27753 For the example given, you can insert
27757 in this field for the
27758 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27765 will be located before
27766 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27772 \begin_layout Standard
27773 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27778 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27787 \begin_layout Subsection
27788 Nomenclature Options
27789 \begin_inset Index idx
27792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27793 Nomenclature ! Options
27801 \begin_layout Standard
27806 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27807 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27810 \begin_layout Description
27811 refeq Appends the phrase
27812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27827 to every nomenclature entry, where
27833 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27836 \begin_layout Description
27837 refpage Appends the phrase
27838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27853 to every nomenclature entry, where
27859 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27862 \begin_layout Description
27863 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27866 \begin_layout Standard
27867 There are furthermore the options
27911 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27915 \begin_layout Standard
27916 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27917 class options list in the
27919 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27923 In this document the option
27930 \begin_layout Standard
27931 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27937 \begin_layout Standard
27938 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27939 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27944 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27947 \begin_layout Description
27957 \begin_layout Description
27960 nomrefpage Like the
27967 \begin_layout Description
27970 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27979 \begin_layout Description
27983 \begin_inset space ~
27989 \begin_inset space ~
27994 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27997 \begin_layout Subsection
27998 Printing the Nomenclature
27999 \begin_inset Index idx
28002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28003 Nomenclature ! Printing
28011 \begin_layout Standard
28012 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28014 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28016 \begin_inset space ~
28020 \begin_inset space ~
28023 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28027 A light blue box labeled
28028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28039 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28040 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28043 \begin_layout Standard
28044 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28053 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28061 For example, in order to change the name to
28065 , add the following line to the preamble:
28068 \begin_layout Standard
28076 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28079 \begin_layout Standard
28080 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28086 \begin_layout Standard
28087 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28088 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28091 \begin_layout Standard
28099 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28102 \begin_layout Standard
28105 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28106 \begin_inset space ~
28110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28112 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28117 The default value is 1
28118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28124 \begin_layout Subsection
28125 Nomenclature Program
28126 \begin_inset Index idx
28129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28130 Nomenclature ! Program
28136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28138 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28145 \begin_layout Standard
28146 LyX uses the program
28150 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28151 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28156 by adding options, see section
28157 \begin_inset space ~
28161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28163 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28168 The available options are listed and explained in
28169 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28171 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28178 \begin_layout Section
28180 \begin_inset Index idx
28183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28190 \begin_inset Index idx
28193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28194 Document ! Branches
28200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28202 name "sec:Branches"
28209 \begin_layout Standard
28210 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28211 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28212 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28213 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28216 \begin_layout Standard
28217 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28218 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28219 To create a branch, either select the menu
28221 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28222 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28225 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28227 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28234 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28235 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28236 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28237 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28238 (see below for an example).
28239 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28240 to the name of the other) and to add
28241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28253 \begin_inset space ~
28256 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28257 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28260 \begin_layout Standard
28261 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28262 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28264 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28267 where you can choose a branch.
28268 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28272 \begin_layout Standard
28273 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28274 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28277 \begin_layout Standard
28278 \begin_inset Branch Question
28281 \begin_layout Standard
28282 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28290 \begin_layout Standard
28291 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28294 \begin_layout Standard
28295 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28303 \begin_layout Standard
28310 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28311 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28314 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28315 Consider for example a file
28316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28323 which has the above branches.
28325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28332 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28356 branch were inactive,
28357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28372 branch was active, likewise
28373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28388 branch was active, and
28389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28392 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28396 if both branches were active.
28397 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28401 \begin_layout Standard
28402 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28408 \begin_layout Standard
28409 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28410 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28412 For example you can define for the question branch
28416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28417 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28418 \begin_inset space ~
28422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28424 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28436 \begin_layout Standard
28446 \begin_layout Standard
28456 \begin_layout Standard
28457 and for the answer branch
28460 \begin_layout Standard
28470 \begin_layout Standard
28480 \begin_layout Standard
28481 \begin_inset Branch Question
28484 \begin_layout Standard
28488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28516 \begin_layout Standard
28517 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28520 \begin_layout Standard
28524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28552 \begin_layout Standard
28553 Now it is possible to use the commands
28557 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28564 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28567 to obtain conditional output.
28568 Here is an example formula where only the
28575 \begin_inset Formula \[
28576 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28584 \begin_layout Standard
28585 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28593 \begin_layout Section
28595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28597 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28602 \begin_inset Index idx
28605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28614 \begin_layout Standard
28619 dialog allows you in the
28623 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28624 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28629 \begin_inset Index idx
28632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28633 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28641 \begin_layout Standard
28646 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28647 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28648 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28650 You can specify in the dialog tab
28654 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28656 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28657 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28661 \begin_layout Standard
28666 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28667 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28668 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28670 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28671 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28673 \begin_inset space ~
28676 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28677 \begin_inset space ~
28680 1 will only display the sections.
28683 \begin_layout Standard
28684 The header information in the dialog tab
28688 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28689 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28690 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28694 \begin_inset space \space{}
28697 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28698 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28701 Automatic fill header
28703 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28704 title and author settings.
28707 \begin_layout Standard
28710 Load in fullscreen mode
28712 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28715 \begin_layout Standard
28716 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28717 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28723 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28724 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28733 \begin_layout Section
28734 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28735 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28737 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28744 \begin_layout Subsection
28746 \begin_inset Index idx
28749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28758 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28765 \begin_layout Standard
28766 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28767 constructs, but not all.
28768 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28769 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28770 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28771 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28772 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28776 \begin_layout Standard
28777 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28779 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28781 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28783 \begin_inset space ~
28788 or by the toolbar button
28789 \begin_inset Graphics
28790 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28795 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28799 \begin_layout Standard
28800 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28801 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28802 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
28803 using the LaTeX-command
28809 , you can write the command part
28815 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28819 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28820 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28821 the following example:
28824 \begin_layout Standard
28825 \begin_inset Graphics
28826 filename clipart/ERT.png
28834 \begin_layout Standard
28838 \begin_layout Standard
28839 This is a line with a
28843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28866 \begin_layout Standard
28867 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28875 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28876 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28884 \begin_layout Subsection
28885 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28886 \begin_inset Argument
28889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28896 \begin_inset Index idx
28899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28906 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28908 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28915 \begin_layout Standard
28916 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28917 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28918 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28927 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28928 any time if you know the right commands.
28930 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28934 \begin_inset space \space{}
28937 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28939 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28940 all caption labels bold.
28941 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28943 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28947 \begin_layout Standard
28948 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28949 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28950 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28952 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28961 \begin_layout Standard
28962 As result you know that the package
28967 \begin_inset Index idx
28970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28971 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28977 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28979 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28985 \begin_layout Standard
28990 usepackage[options]{package name}
28993 \begin_layout Standard
28994 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28995 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28996 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28999 \begin_layout Standard
29000 In your case the package name is
29005 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29010 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29011 So you add the command
29014 \begin_layout Standard
29019 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29022 \begin_layout Standard
29023 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29028 For more commands provided by the
29032 package, have a look at its documentation,
29033 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29047 \begin_layout Standard
29048 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29050 For example if you use a
29054 class, you don't need the package
29058 , you can instead write
29061 \begin_layout Standard
29066 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29071 \begin_layout Standard
29072 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29073 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29074 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29081 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29084 \begin_layout Standard
29085 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29086 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29088 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29089 the previous section.
29092 \begin_layout Standard
29093 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29095 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29097 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29105 \begin_layout Section
29106 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29109 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29114 \begin_inset Index idx
29117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29124 \begin_inset Index idx
29127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29136 \begin_layout Standard
29137 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29138 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29139 to break your train of thought with
29141 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29147 \begin_layout Standard
29148 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29149 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29154 \begin_inset Index idx
29157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29158 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29163 as explained below, and turn on
29166 \begin_inset space ~
29173 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29177 \begin_inset space ~
29181 \begin_inset space ~
29184 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29189 \begin_inset space ~
29194 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29197 \begin_layout Standard
29198 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29200 Previews of an already loaded document are
29204 generated just by selecting the
29207 \begin_inset space ~
29212 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
29215 \begin_layout Standard
29216 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
29217 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
29220 \begin_inset space ~
29225 check box in the insert dialog.
29226 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
29230 \begin_layout Standard
29231 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
29235 (on some systems named simply
29240 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29242 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29248 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29249 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
29257 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
29261 \begin_layout Standard
29262 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29268 \begin_layout Standard
29269 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
29273 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29275 \begin_inset space ~
29280 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
29281 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
29283 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
29284 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
29285 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
29286 the source view window.
29289 \begin_layout Section
29291 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29293 name "sec:Spellchecking"
29298 \begin_inset Index idx
29301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29310 \begin_layout Standard
29311 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
29312 Rather it uses one of the external programs
29329 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
29335 can be seen as the successor to
29343 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
29349 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
29350 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
29358 \begin_layout Standard
29359 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
29360 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
29367 \begin_layout Standard
29370 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29373 or the toolbar button
29374 \begin_inset Graphics
29375 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
29379 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
29380 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
29381 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
29382 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
29383 scrolled so that it is visible.
29388 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
29390 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
29394 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
29395 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
29398 \begin_layout Standard
29399 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
29402 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29406 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
29407 will bring an error message.
29408 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
29409 specifying a different
29411 Alternative language
29413 in preferences dialog.
29416 \begin_layout Standard
29417 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
29420 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29424 \begin_layout Standard
29425 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
29426 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
29428 But you can use the
29431 \begin_inset space ~
29435 \begin_inset space ~
29443 \begin_layout Standard
29444 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
29445 This does work with
29449 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
29452 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29456 \begin_layout Standard
29461 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
29464 \begin_layout Description
29466 \begin_inset space ~
29469 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
29470 should consider, e.
29471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29475 \begin_inset space \space{}
29478 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
29479 This should not normally be needed.
29482 \begin_layout Description
29484 \begin_inset space ~
29487 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
29488 the spell checker's default choice
29491 \begin_layout Description
29493 \begin_inset space ~
29497 \begin_inset space ~
29500 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
29502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29512 \begin_layout Description
29514 \begin_inset space ~
29518 \begin_inset space ~
29521 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
29523 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29530 also for the spellchecker.
29534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29535 The encodings are explained in section
29536 \begin_inset space ~
29540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29542 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29551 Only enable this if you use
29555 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
29556 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
29557 so this is disabled by default.
29560 \begin_layout Section
29562 \begin_inset Index idx
29565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29574 name "sec:Thesaurus"
29581 \begin_layout Standard
29582 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
29583 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
29592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29593 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29595 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
29604 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
29605 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
29606 are available for many languages.
29609 \begin_layout Standard
29610 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
29614 \begin_layout Subsection
29615 Setting up the thesaurus
29618 \begin_layout Standard
29623 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
29628 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
29633 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
29635 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29639 en_EN for English).
29640 For instance, the English files are named:
29643 \begin_layout Itemize
29647 \begin_layout Itemize
29651 \begin_layout Standard
29652 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
29653 already on your system.
29654 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
29655 \begin_inset Flex URL
29658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29660 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29666 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29671 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29673 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29674 unpack a zip archive.
29677 \begin_layout Standard
29686 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29687 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29689 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29690 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29694 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29697 \begin_layout Subsection
29698 Using the thesaurus
29701 \begin_layout Standard
29702 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29704 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29707 or the toolbar button
29708 \begin_inset Graphics
29709 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29710 rotateOrigin center
29714 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29716 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29718 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29719 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29720 and hyponyms (such as
29728 ), compounds (such as
29732 ) and antonyms (such as
29740 ), which are marked as such.
29743 \begin_layout Standard
29744 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29745 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29749 \begin_layout Standard
29750 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29751 the dictionary, such as the above
29755 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29760 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29761 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29762 For example looking up the word forms
29770 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29775 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29788 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29789 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29790 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29793 \begin_layout Subsection
29794 License of the Thesaurus library
29797 \begin_layout Standard
29802 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29807 as a standalone program.
29808 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29809 The library was released under the
29811 Berkeley Database License
29813 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29814 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29815 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29817 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29820 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29824 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29827 \begin_layout Section
29829 \begin_inset Index idx
29832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29839 \begin_inset Index idx
29842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29843 Document ! Change Tracking
29849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29851 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29858 \begin_layout Standard
29859 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29860 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29861 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29862 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29864 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29866 \begin_inset space ~
29869 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29871 \begin_inset space ~
29879 \begin_layout Standard
29880 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29894 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29895 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29898 \begin_inset space ~
29902 \begin_inset space ~
29912 \begin_inset Index idx
29915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29916 Color ! Change tracking
29921 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29922 the cursor is in changed text.
29923 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29924 \begin_inset Graphics
29925 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29926 rotateOrigin center
29933 \begin_layout Standard
29934 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29935 \begin_inset Index idx
29938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29947 \begin_layout Standard
29948 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29954 \begin_layout Standard
29955 \begin_inset Graphics
29956 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29963 \begin_layout Standard
29964 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29970 \begin_layout Standard
29971 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29975 \begin_layout Standard
29976 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29982 \begin_layout Standard
29983 \begin_inset Tabular
29984 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29985 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29986 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29987 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29988 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29993 \begin_inset Graphics
29994 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29995 rotateOrigin center
30004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30010 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30012 \begin_inset space ~
30015 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30017 \begin_inset space ~
30026 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30031 \begin_inset Graphics
30032 filename ../images/changes-output.png
30033 rotateOrigin center
30042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30048 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30050 \begin_inset space ~
30053 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30055 \begin_inset space ~
30059 \begin_inset space ~
30063 \begin_inset space ~
30072 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30077 \begin_inset Graphics
30078 filename ../images/change-next.png
30079 rotateOrigin center
30088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30092 Jumps to the next change
30098 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30103 \begin_inset Graphics
30104 filename ../images/change-accept.png
30105 rotateOrigin center
30114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30120 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30122 \begin_inset space ~
30125 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30127 \begin_inset space ~
30136 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30141 \begin_inset Graphics
30142 filename ../images/change-reject.png
30143 rotateOrigin center
30152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30158 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30160 \begin_inset space ~
30163 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30165 \begin_inset space ~
30174 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30179 \begin_inset Graphics
30180 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
30181 rotateOrigin center
30190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30196 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30198 \begin_inset space ~
30201 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30203 \begin_inset space ~
30212 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30217 \begin_inset Graphics
30218 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
30219 rotateOrigin center
30228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30234 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30236 \begin_inset space ~
30239 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30241 \begin_inset space ~
30245 \begin_inset space ~
30254 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30259 \begin_inset Graphics
30260 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
30261 rotateOrigin center
30270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30276 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30278 \begin_inset space ~
30281 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30283 \begin_inset space ~
30287 \begin_inset space ~
30296 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30301 \begin_inset Graphics
30302 filename ../images/note-insert.png
30303 rotateOrigin center
30312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30318 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30319 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30321 \begin_inset space ~
30330 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30335 \begin_inset Graphics
30336 filename ../images/note-next.png
30337 rotateOrigin center
30346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30352 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30354 \begin_inset space ~
30370 \begin_layout Standard
30371 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30377 \begin_layout Standard
30378 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
30379 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
30380 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
30381 the next change after the current cursor position.
30382 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
30383 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
30384 step to the next change.
30385 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
30388 \begin_layout Standard
30389 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
30390 to describe a change.
30393 \begin_layout Standard
30394 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
30399 \begin_inset Index idx
30402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30403 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
30409 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30410 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30416 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30419 \begin_layout Section
30420 International Support
30421 \begin_inset Index idx
30424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30425 International support
30433 \begin_layout Standard
30434 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
30435 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
30436 how to set up LyX to use them:
30437 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30439 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
30446 \begin_layout Standard
30447 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
30448 \begin_inset space ~
30452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30454 reference "sub:Special-Character"
30461 \begin_layout Subsection
30463 \begin_inset Index idx
30466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30473 \begin_inset Index idx
30476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30477 Document ! Settings
30483 \begin_inset Index idx
30486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30487 Document ! Language
30495 \begin_layout Standard
30498 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30501 dialog lets you set
30503 the language and character encoding for your language.
30507 \begin_layout Standard
30508 Choose your language in the
30512 section of this dialog.
30520 \begin_layout Standard
30525 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
30530 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
30531 For details about the different encoding options see section
30532 \begin_inset space ~
30536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30538 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30545 \begin_layout Subsection
30546 Keyboard mapping configuration
30547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30549 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
30556 \begin_layout Standard
30557 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
30558 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
30559 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
30560 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
30561 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
30563 \begin_inset space ~
30567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30569 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
30574 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
30575 which one you want to use.
30578 \begin_layout Standard
30579 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
30580 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
30581 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
30582 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
30583 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
30584 one to support the characters you want.
30585 This and many other customizations are explained in the
30592 \begin_layout Subsection
30596 \begin_layout Standard
30598 \begin_inset space ~
30602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30604 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
30613 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
30617 \begin_layout Standard
30618 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
30619 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
30627 \begin_layout Itemize
30628 Even if you have selected
30634 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30637 dialog, users who have only the
30641 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
30645 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
30646 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
30647 french quotes won't show up.
30650 \begin_layout Standard
30651 \begin_inset Float table
30656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30657 \begin_inset Caption
30659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30662 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30680 \begin_inset Tabular
30681 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30682 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30687 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30688 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30689 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30690 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30691 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30692 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30693 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30696 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30697 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30698 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30699 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35112 \begin_layout Standard
35113 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
35115 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
35116 also the characters from
35128 \begin_layout Itemize
35137 \begin_layout Standard
35138 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
35139 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35145 \begin_layout Standard
35146 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
35147 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35153 \begin_layout Standard
35154 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
35155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35161 \begin_layout Standard
35162 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
35163 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35169 \begin_layout Standard
35171 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35177 \begin_layout Standard
35179 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35185 \begin_layout Standard
35187 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35194 \begin_layout Itemize
35207 \begin_layout Standard
35209 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35215 \begin_layout Standard
35217 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35223 \begin_layout Standard
35225 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35231 \begin_layout Standard
35233 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35239 \begin_layout Standard
35241 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35247 \begin_layout Standard
35249 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35256 \begin_layout Standard
35257 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
35258 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
35259 Also make sure you're using the
35266 \begin_layout Chapter
35269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35271 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
35278 \begin_layout Standard
35279 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
35280 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
35281 topic inside the user's guide.
35284 \begin_layout Section
35286 \begin_inset Index idx
35289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35298 \begin_layout Standard
35303 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
35304 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
35307 \begin_layout Subsection
35311 \begin_layout Standard
35312 Creates a new document.
35315 \begin_layout Subsection
35319 \begin_layout Standard
35320 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
35321 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
35322 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
35325 \begin_layout Subsection
35329 \begin_layout Standard
35333 \begin_layout Subsection
35337 \begin_layout Standard
35338 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
35339 Click there on a file to open it.
35342 \begin_layout Subsection
35346 \begin_layout Standard
35347 Closes the current document.
35350 \begin_layout Subsection
35354 \begin_layout Standard
35355 Closes all opened documents.
35358 \begin_layout Subsection
35362 \begin_layout Standard
35363 Saves the actual document.
35366 \begin_layout Subsection
35370 \begin_layout Standard
35371 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
35374 \begin_layout Subsection
35378 \begin_layout Standard
35379 Saves all opened documents.
35382 \begin_layout Subsection
35386 \begin_layout Standard
35387 Reloads the actual document from disk.
35390 \begin_layout Subsection
35394 \begin_layout Standard
35395 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
35396 It is described in the section
35398 Version Control in LyX
35402 Additional Features
35407 \begin_layout Subsection
35411 \begin_layout Standard
35412 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
35413 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
35414 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
35415 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
35418 \begin_layout Standard
35419 When using the menu entry
35422 \begin_inset space ~
35427 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
35431 \begin_inset space ~
35435 \begin_inset space ~
35440 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
35441 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
35444 \begin_layout Subsection
35446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35455 \begin_layout Standard
35456 You can export your document to various file formats.
35457 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
35458 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
35459 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
35462 \begin_layout Standard
35463 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
35465 \begin_inset space ~
35469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35471 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35478 \begin_layout Description
35482 \begin_inset space ~
35487 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
35489 \begin_inset Newline newline
35492 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
35495 \begin_layout Description
35503 \begin_layout Description
35504 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
35508 \begin_layout Description
35510 \begin_inset space ~
35514 \begin_inset space ~
35517 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
35521 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
35529 \begin_layout Description
35536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35544 \begin_inset space ~
35549 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
35550 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
35554 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
35557 \begin_layout Description
35564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35572 \begin_inset space ~
35577 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
35578 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
35586 \begin_layout Description
35588 \begin_inset space ~
35591 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
35592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35599 is replaced by the version number)
35602 \begin_layout Description
35603 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
35606 \begin_layout Description
35607 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
35620 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
35624 \begin_layout Description
35628 \begin_inset space ~
35633 PDF-format using the program
35638 \begin_layout Description
35642 \begin_inset space ~
35647 PDF-format using the program
35652 \begin_layout Description
35656 \begin_inset space ~
35661 PDF-format using the program
35666 \begin_layout Description
35670 \begin_inset space ~
35678 \begin_layout Description
35682 \begin_inset space ~
35686 \begin_inset space ~
35691 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35692 and then exported as text using the program
35697 \begin_layout Description
35702 PostScript format using the program
35707 \begin_layout Description
35715 \begin_layout Standard
35720 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35721 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35727 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35730 \begin_layout Standard
35731 If one of the menu entries
35738 \begin_inset space ~
35747 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35748 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35749 \begin_inset space ~
35753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35755 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35760 \begin_inset Index idx
35763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35764 Reconfiguration of LyX
35772 \begin_layout Standard
35777 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35778 the export program.
35781 \begin_layout Subsection
35785 \begin_layout Standard
35786 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35787 format or send it to a printer.
35788 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35789 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35795 For more information have a look at section
35796 \begin_inset space ~
35800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35802 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35809 \begin_layout Subsection
35813 \begin_layout Standard
35814 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35815 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35816 prefix, see section
35817 \begin_inset space ~
35821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35823 reference "sec:Paths"
35828 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35837 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35838 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35839 \begin_inset space ~
35843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35845 reference "sub:Converters"
35852 \begin_layout Subsection
35853 New and Close Window
35856 \begin_layout Standard
35857 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35860 \begin_layout Subsection
35864 \begin_layout Standard
35865 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35868 \begin_layout Section
35870 \begin_inset Index idx
35873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35882 \begin_layout Subsection
35886 \begin_layout Standard
35887 Described in section
35888 \begin_inset space ~
35892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35894 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35901 \begin_layout Subsection
35902 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35905 \begin_layout Standard
35906 Described in section
35907 \begin_inset space ~
35911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35913 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35920 \begin_layout Subsection
35924 \begin_layout Standard
35925 Selects the whole document.
35928 \begin_layout Subsection
35932 \begin_layout Standard
35933 Described in section
35934 \begin_inset space ~
35938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35940 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35947 \begin_layout Subsection
35948 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35951 \begin_layout Standard
35952 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35956 \begin_layout Subsection
35960 \begin_layout Standard
35961 Described in section
35962 \begin_inset space ~
35966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35968 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35975 \begin_layout Subsection
35977 \begin_inset Index idx
35980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35981 Paragraph ! Settings
35989 \begin_layout Standard
35990 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35991 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35994 \begin_layout Standard
35995 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35996 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35998 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36004 \begin_inset space ~
36012 \begin_layout Subsection
36013 Table Settings and Math
36016 \begin_layout Standard
36017 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
36019 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
36020 The properties of tables are described in section
36021 \begin_inset space ~
36025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36027 reference "sec:Tables"
36031 , the properties of formulas in chapter
36032 \begin_inset space ~
36036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36038 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
36045 \begin_layout Subsection
36046 Increase / Decrease List Depth
36049 \begin_layout Standard
36050 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
36051 that can be nested.
36052 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
36053 \begin_inset space ~
36057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36059 reference "sec:Nesting"
36064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36066 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36073 \begin_layout Section
36075 \begin_inset Index idx
36078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36087 \begin_layout Standard
36092 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
36093 document with an external program.
36094 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
36095 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
36096 All possible formats are formats listed in section
36097 \begin_inset space ~
36101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36103 reference "sub:Export"
36108 You should at least see the menu entries
36115 \begin_inset space ~
36121 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36122 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36123 \begin_inset space ~
36127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36129 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36134 \begin_inset Index idx
36137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36138 Reconfiguration of LyX
36146 \begin_layout Standard
36147 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
36148 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
36149 \begin_inset space ~
36153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36155 reference "sec:File-Formats"
36160 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
36163 \begin_layout Standard
36164 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
36167 At the bottom of the
36171 menu the opened documents are listed.
36174 \begin_layout Subsection
36175 Open/Close all Insets
36178 \begin_layout Standard
36179 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
36182 \begin_layout Subsection
36183 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
36186 \begin_layout Standard
36187 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
36190 \begin_layout Standard
36191 Math macros are described in the
36198 \begin_layout Subsection
36202 \begin_layout Standard
36203 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
36205 \begin_inset space ~
36209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36211 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
36218 \begin_layout Subsection
36222 \begin_layout Standard
36223 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
36224 opening a new view window.
36227 \begin_layout Subsection
36231 \begin_layout Standard
36232 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
36233 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
36234 view the same document, but at different positions.
36235 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
36236 or more documents at the same time.
36237 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
36244 \begin_layout Subsection
36248 \begin_layout Standard
36249 Closes a split view.
36252 \begin_layout Subsection
36256 \begin_layout Standard
36257 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
36258 so that you will see nothing but your text.
36259 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
36260 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
36261 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
36264 \begin_layout Subsection
36266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36268 name "sub:Toolbars"
36273 \begin_inset Index idx
36276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36285 \begin_layout Standard
36286 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
36287 All toolbars and the
36290 \begin_inset space ~
36295 can be turned on and off.
36300 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
36312 \begin_inset space ~
36321 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
36325 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
36332 \begin_layout Standard
36337 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
36341 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
36342 or when a certain feature is enabled.
36343 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
36344 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
36345 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
36348 \begin_layout Standard
36349 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
36350 \begin_inset space ~
36354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36356 reference "sec:Toolbars"
36363 \begin_layout Section
36365 \begin_inset Index idx
36368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36377 \begin_layout Subsection
36381 \begin_layout Standard
36382 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
36383 \begin_inset space ~
36387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36389 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
36400 \begin_layout Subsection
36402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36404 name "sub:Special-Character"
36411 \begin_layout Standard
36412 Here you can insert the following characters:
36415 \begin_layout Description
36416 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
36417 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
36418 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
36419 \begin_inset Newline newline
36423 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
36426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36431 Not all characters will be visible in the
36435 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
36437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36443 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
36447 ) can display every character.
36455 \begin_layout Description
36456 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
36460 \begin_layout Description
36462 \begin_inset space ~
36466 \begin_inset space ~
36469 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
36470 \begin_inset space ~
36474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36476 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
36483 \begin_layout Description
36485 \begin_inset space ~
36488 Quote Inserts this quote:
36489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36492 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
36494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36504 \begin_layout Description
36506 \begin_inset space ~
36509 Quote Inserts this quote:
36510 \begin_inset Quotes els
36516 \begin_layout Description
36518 \begin_inset space ~
36521 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
36525 \begin_layout Description
36527 \begin_inset space ~
36530 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
36534 \begin_layout Description
36536 \begin_inset space ~
36539 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36543 \begin_layout Description
36545 \begin_inset space ~
36549 \begin_inset Index idx
36552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36559 \begin_inset Index idx
36562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36563 Language ! Phonetic symbols
36568 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
36569 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
36570 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
36575 \begin_inset Index idx
36578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36579 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
36585 \begin_inset Newline newline
36588 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36592 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36600 and this Wiki-page:
36601 \begin_inset Newline newline
36605 \begin_inset Flex URL
36608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36610 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36618 \begin_layout Subsection
36622 \begin_layout Standard
36623 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36626 \begin_layout Description
36627 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36628 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
36634 \begin_layout Description
36635 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36636 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36642 \begin_layout Description
36644 \begin_inset space ~
36647 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36648 \begin_inset space ~
36652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36654 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36661 \begin_layout Description
36663 \begin_inset space ~
36666 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36667 \begin_inset space ~
36671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36673 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36680 \begin_layout Description
36682 \begin_inset space ~
36685 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36686 \begin_inset space ~
36690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36692 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36699 \begin_layout Description
36701 \begin_inset space ~
36704 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36705 \begin_inset space ~
36709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36711 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36718 \begin_layout Description
36720 \begin_inset space ~
36723 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36724 \begin_inset space ~
36728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36730 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36737 \begin_layout Description
36739 \begin_inset space ~
36742 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36743 \begin_inset space ~
36747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36749 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36756 \begin_layout Description
36758 \begin_inset space ~
36761 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36762 \begin_inset space ~
36766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36768 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36775 \begin_layout Description
36777 \begin_inset space ~
36780 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36781 \begin_inset space ~
36785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36787 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36794 \begin_layout Description
36796 \begin_inset space ~
36800 \begin_inset space ~
36803 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36804 \begin_inset space ~
36808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36810 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36817 \begin_layout Description
36819 \begin_inset space ~
36822 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36823 text line to the page border, see section
36824 \begin_inset space ~
36828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36830 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36837 \begin_layout Description
36839 \begin_inset space ~
36842 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36843 \begin_inset space ~
36847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36849 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36856 \begin_layout Description
36858 \begin_inset space ~
36861 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36862 text page to the page border, described in section
36863 \begin_inset space ~
36867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36869 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36876 \begin_layout Description
36878 \begin_inset space ~
36881 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36882 \begin_inset space ~
36886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36888 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36895 \begin_layout Description
36897 \begin_inset space ~
36901 \begin_inset space ~
36904 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36905 \begin_inset space ~
36909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36911 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36918 \begin_layout Subsection
36922 \begin_layout Standard
36923 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36924 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36926 \begin_inset space ~
36930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36932 reference "sec:toc"
36937 The index list is described in section
36938 \begin_inset space ~
36942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36944 reference "sec:Index"
36948 , the nomenclature in section
36949 \begin_inset space ~
36953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36955 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36959 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36960 \begin_inset space ~
36964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36966 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36973 \begin_layout Subsection
36977 \begin_layout Standard
36978 To insert floats, described in section
36979 \begin_inset space ~
36983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36985 reference "sec:Floats"
36992 \begin_layout Subsection
36996 \begin_layout Standard
36997 To insert notes, described in section
36998 \begin_inset space ~
37002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37004 reference "sec:Notes"
37011 \begin_layout Subsection
37015 \begin_layout Standard
37016 Inserts branch insets as described in section
37017 \begin_inset space ~
37021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37023 reference "sec:Branches"
37030 \begin_layout Subsection
37034 \begin_layout Standard
37035 Inserts document class-specific insets.
37036 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
37038 An example is the document class
37039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37046 with three custom insets.
37049 Flex insets and InsetLayout
37055 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
37058 \begin_layout Subsection
37060 \begin_inset Index idx
37063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37072 \begin_layout Standard
37073 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
37074 files in your document.
37075 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
37086 \begin_layout Subsection
37088 \begin_inset Index idx
37091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37100 \begin_layout Standard
37101 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
37102 \begin_inset space ~
37106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37108 reference "sec:Minipages"
37113 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
37124 \begin_layout Subsection
37128 \begin_layout Standard
37129 Inserts a citation as described in section
37130 \begin_inset space ~
37134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37136 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37143 \begin_layout Subsection
37147 \begin_layout Standard
37148 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
37149 \begin_inset space ~
37153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37155 reference "sec:Cross-References"
37162 \begin_layout Subsection
37166 \begin_layout Standard
37167 Inserts a label as described in section
37168 \begin_inset space ~
37172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37174 reference "sec:Cross-References"
37181 \begin_layout Subsection
37183 \begin_inset Index idx
37186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37193 \begin_inset Index idx
37196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37197 Longtables ! Caption
37205 \begin_layout Standard
37206 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
37207 Floats are described in section
37208 \begin_inset space ~
37212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37214 reference "sec:Floats"
37218 , captions in longtables are described in the section
37229 \begin_layout Subsection
37233 \begin_layout Standard
37234 Inserts an index entry as described in section
37235 \begin_inset space ~
37239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37241 reference "sec:Index"
37248 \begin_layout Subsection
37252 \begin_layout Standard
37253 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
37254 \begin_inset space ~
37258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37260 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
37267 \begin_layout Subsection
37271 \begin_layout Standard
37273 Tables are described in section
37274 \begin_inset space ~
37278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37280 reference "sec:Tables"
37287 \begin_layout Subsection
37291 \begin_layout Standard
37293 Graphics are described in section
37294 \begin_inset space ~
37298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37300 reference "sec:Graphics"
37307 \begin_layout Subsection
37311 \begin_layout Standard
37312 Inserts an URL as described in section
37313 \begin_inset space ~
37317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37319 reference "sub:URLs"
37326 \begin_layout Subsection
37330 \begin_layout Standard
37331 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
37332 \begin_inset space ~
37336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37338 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
37345 \begin_layout Subsection
37349 \begin_layout Standard
37350 Inserts a footnote, see section
37351 \begin_inset space ~
37355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37357 reference "sec:Footnotes"
37364 \begin_layout Subsection
37368 \begin_layout Standard
37369 Inserts a marginal note, see section
37370 \begin_inset space ~
37374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37376 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
37383 \begin_layout Subsection
37387 \begin_layout Standard
37388 Inserts a short title, see section
37389 \begin_inset space ~
37393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37395 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
37402 \begin_layout Subsection
37406 \begin_layout Standard
37407 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
37408 \begin_inset space ~
37412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37414 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
37421 \begin_layout Subsection
37423 \begin_inset Index idx
37426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37435 \begin_layout Standard
37436 Inserts a program listings box.
37437 Program listings are explained in the chapter
37439 Program Code Listings
37448 \begin_layout Subsection
37452 \begin_layout Standard
37453 Inserts the actual date.
37454 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
37456 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
37468 \begin_layout Section
37470 \begin_inset Index idx
37473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37482 \begin_layout Standard
37483 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
37484 \begin_inset space ~
37487 of the current document.
37488 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
37491 \begin_layout Subsection
37495 \begin_layout Standard
37496 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
37497 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
37499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37503 \begin_inset space \space{}
37507 \begin_inset space ~
37511 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
37512 \begin_inset space ~
37515 2.5 and use the menu
37518 \begin_inset space ~
37522 \begin_inset space ~
37529 \begin_inset space ~
37535 \begin_inset space ~
37539 \begin_inset space ~
37545 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
37549 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
37555 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
37561 \begin_layout Standard
37562 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
37563 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
37566 \begin_layout Subsection
37567 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
37570 \begin_layout Standard
37571 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
37575 \begin_layout Subsection
37579 \begin_layout Standard
37580 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
37581 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
37582 on a cross-reference box.
37585 \begin_layout Section
37587 \begin_inset Index idx
37590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37599 \begin_layout Subsection
37603 \begin_layout Standard
37604 Change Tracking is described in section
37605 \begin_inset space ~
37609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37611 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37618 \begin_layout Subsection
37623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37633 \begin_layout Standard
37634 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37636 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37639 \begin_layout Standard
37640 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37645 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37648 \begin_layout Subsection
37652 \begin_layout Standard
37653 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37654 \begin_inset space ~
37658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37660 reference "sec:Navigating"
37665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37667 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37674 \begin_layout Subsection
37675 Start Appendix Here
37678 \begin_layout Standard
37679 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37680 position as described in section
37681 \begin_inset space ~
37685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37687 reference "sec:Appendices"
37694 \begin_layout Subsection
37698 \begin_layout Standard
37699 Un/compresses the current document.
37702 \begin_layout Subsection
37706 \begin_layout Standard
37707 The document settings are described in appendix
37708 \begin_inset space ~
37712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37714 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37721 \begin_layout Section
37723 \begin_inset Index idx
37726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37735 \begin_layout Subsection
37739 \begin_layout Standard
37740 Spell checking is explained in section
37741 \begin_inset space ~
37745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37747 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37754 \begin_layout Subsection
37758 \begin_layout Standard
37759 The thesaurus is described in section
37760 \begin_inset space ~
37764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37766 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37773 \begin_layout Subsection
37775 \begin_inset Index idx
37778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37785 \begin_inset Index idx
37788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37797 \begin_layout Standard
37798 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37799 highlighted document part.
37802 \begin_layout Subsection
37804 \begin_inset Index idx
37807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37816 \begin_layout Standard
37817 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37820 \begin_layout Subsection
37822 \begin_inset Index idx
37825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37826 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37837 Reconfiguration of LyX
37841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37854 \begin_inset Index idx
37857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37858 Reconfiguration of LyX
37866 \begin_layout Standard
37867 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37868 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37869 \begin_inset space ~
37873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37875 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37882 \begin_layout Subsection
37886 \begin_layout Standard
37887 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37894 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37901 \begin_layout Section
37903 \begin_inset Index idx
37906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37915 \begin_layout Standard
37916 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37920 \begin_layout Standard
37924 \begin_inset space ~
37929 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37930 found by LyX (see also section
37931 \begin_inset space ~
37935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37937 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37944 \begin_layout Section
37946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37948 name "sec:Toolbars"
37955 \begin_layout Standard
37956 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37957 \begin_inset space ~
37961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37963 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37970 \begin_layout Standard
37971 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37972 This is described in the
37974 Additional Features
37979 \begin_layout Subsection
37981 \begin_inset Index idx
37984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37993 \begin_layout Standard
37994 \begin_inset Graphics
37995 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
38003 \begin_layout Standard
38004 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38010 \begin_layout Standard
38011 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38028 \begin_inset Note Note
38031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38032 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
38037 manual for more information.
38045 \begin_layout Standard
38046 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38052 \begin_layout Standard
38053 \begin_inset Tabular
38054 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
38055 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38056 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38057 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38063 \begin_inset Graphics
38064 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
38074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38078 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
38091 \begin_layout Standard
38092 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
38098 \begin_layout Standard
38100 \begin_inset Tabular
38101 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
38102 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38103 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38104 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38105 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38112 \begin_inset Graphics
38113 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
38122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38128 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38135 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38140 \begin_inset Graphics
38141 filename ../images/file-open.png
38150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38156 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38163 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38168 \begin_inset Graphics
38169 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
38178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38184 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38191 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38196 \begin_inset Graphics
38197 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
38206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38212 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38219 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38224 \begin_inset Graphics
38225 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
38234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38240 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38252 \begin_inset Graphics
38253 filename ../images/undo.png
38262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38268 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38275 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38280 \begin_inset Graphics
38281 filename ../images/redo.png
38290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38296 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38303 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38308 \begin_inset Graphics
38309 filename ../images/cut.png
38318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38324 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38331 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38336 \begin_inset Graphics
38337 filename ../images/copy.png
38346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38359 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38364 \begin_inset Graphics
38365 filename ../images/paste.png
38374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38380 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38387 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38392 \begin_inset Graphics
38393 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
38394 rotateOrigin center
38403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38409 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38411 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38424 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38429 \begin_inset Graphics
38430 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
38431 rotateOrigin center
38440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38446 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38447 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38454 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38459 \begin_inset Graphics
38460 filename ../images/font-emph.png
38469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38473 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
38475 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38477 \begin_inset space ~
38488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38493 \begin_inset Graphics
38494 filename ../images/font-noun.png
38503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38507 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38509 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38511 \begin_inset space ~
38522 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38527 \begin_inset Graphics
38528 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
38537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38541 Formats text using the current settings in the
38543 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38545 \begin_inset space ~
38556 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38561 \begin_inset Graphics
38562 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38578 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38580 \begin_inset space ~
38589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38594 \begin_inset Graphics
38595 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38596 rotateOrigin center
38605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38611 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38618 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38623 \begin_inset Graphics
38624 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38625 rotateOrigin center
38634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38640 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38647 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38652 \begin_inset Graphics
38653 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38654 rotateOrigin center
38663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38667 Toggle outline window on/off,
38669 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38676 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38681 \begin_inset Graphics
38682 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38683 rotateOrigin center
38692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38696 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38702 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38707 \begin_inset Graphics
38708 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38709 rotateOrigin center
38718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38722 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38735 \begin_layout Subsection
38737 \begin_inset Index idx
38740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38749 \begin_layout Standard
38750 \begin_inset Graphics
38751 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38759 \begin_layout Standard
38760 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38766 \begin_layout Standard
38767 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38771 \begin_layout Standard
38772 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38778 \begin_layout Standard
38779 \begin_inset Tabular
38780 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38781 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38782 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38783 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38789 \begin_inset Graphics
38790 filename ../images/layout.png
38791 rotateOrigin center
38800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38810 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38815 \begin_inset Graphics
38816 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38817 rotateOrigin center
38826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38836 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38841 \begin_inset Graphics
38842 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38843 rotateOrigin center
38852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38862 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38867 \begin_inset Graphics
38868 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38869 rotateOrigin center
38878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38888 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38893 \begin_inset Graphics
38894 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38895 rotateOrigin center
38904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38914 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38919 \begin_inset Graphics
38920 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38921 rotateOrigin center
38930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38936 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38938 \begin_inset space ~
38942 \begin_inset space ~
38951 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38956 \begin_inset Graphics
38957 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38958 rotateOrigin center
38967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38973 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38975 \begin_inset space ~
38979 \begin_inset space ~
38988 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38993 \begin_inset Graphics
38994 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
39003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39009 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39010 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39022 \begin_inset Graphics
39023 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
39032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39038 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39039 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39046 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39051 \begin_inset Graphics
39052 filename ../images/label-insert.png
39061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39074 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39079 \begin_inset Graphics
39080 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
39089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39095 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39102 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39107 \begin_inset Graphics
39108 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
39117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39123 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39130 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39135 \begin_inset Graphics
39136 filename ../images/index-insert.png
39145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39153 \begin_inset space ~
39162 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39167 \begin_inset Graphics
39168 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
39177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39183 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39185 \begin_inset space ~
39194 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39199 \begin_inset Graphics
39200 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
39209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39222 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39227 \begin_inset Graphics
39228 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
39229 rotateOrigin center
39238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39246 \begin_inset space ~
39255 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39260 \begin_inset Graphics
39261 filename ../images/note-insert.png
39270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39277 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39279 \begin_inset space ~
39288 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39293 \begin_inset Graphics
39294 filename ../images/box-insert.png
39303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39309 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39316 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39321 \begin_inset Graphics
39322 filename ../images/url-insert.png
39331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39344 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39349 \begin_inset Graphics
39350 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
39359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39365 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39387 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39392 \begin_inset Graphics
39393 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
39402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39409 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39416 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39421 \begin_inset Graphics
39422 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
39431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39438 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39440 \begin_inset space ~
39449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39454 \begin_inset Graphics
39455 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
39456 rotateOrigin center
39465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39471 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39473 \begin_inset space ~
39482 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39487 \begin_inset Graphics
39488 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
39489 rotateOrigin center
39498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39504 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39506 \begin_inset space ~
39515 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39520 \begin_inset Graphics
39521 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39522 rotateOrigin center
39531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39537 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39551 \begin_layout Subsection
39552 View / Update Toolbar
39553 \begin_inset Index idx
39556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39557 Toolbar ! View / Update
39565 \begin_layout Standard
39566 \begin_inset Graphics
39567 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39574 \begin_layout Standard
39575 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39581 \begin_layout Standard
39582 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39586 \begin_layout Standard
39587 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39593 \begin_layout Standard
39594 \begin_inset Tabular
39595 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39596 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39597 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39598 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39599 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39604 \begin_inset Graphics
39605 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39606 rotateOrigin center
39615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39621 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39628 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39633 \begin_inset Graphics
39634 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39635 rotateOrigin center
39644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39650 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39651 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39663 \begin_inset Graphics
39664 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39665 rotateOrigin center
39674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39680 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39687 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39692 \begin_inset Graphics
39693 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39694 rotateOrigin center
39703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39709 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39710 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39717 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39722 \begin_inset Graphics
39723 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39724 rotateOrigin center
39733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39739 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39746 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39751 \begin_inset Graphics
39752 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39753 rotateOrigin center
39762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39768 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39769 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39783 \begin_layout Subsection
39787 \begin_layout Standard
39788 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39789 \begin_inset space ~
39793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39795 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39799 , the table toolbar
39800 \begin_inset Index idx
39803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39813 manual, the math macro toolbar
39814 \begin_inset Index idx
39817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39830 \begin_layout Chapter
39831 The Document Settings
39832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39834 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39839 \begin_inset Index idx
39842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39843 Document ! Settings
39851 \begin_layout Standard
39852 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39853 whole document and is called with the menu
39855 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39859 You can save your document settings as default with th
39861 e Save as Document Defaults
39863 button in the dialog.
39864 This will create a template name
39872 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39876 \begin_layout Standard
39877 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39880 \begin_layout Section
39884 \begin_layout Standard
39885 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39887 Document classes are described in section
39888 \begin_inset space ~
39892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39894 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39899 Some classes use some class options by default.
39900 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39904 and you can decide to use them or not.
39905 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39906 recommended not to touch them.
39907 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39913 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39914 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39920 When you want one of the following drivers
39921 \begin_inset Newline newline
39924 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39925 \begin_inset Newline newline
39928 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39929 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39933 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39935 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39947 \begin_layout Standard
39948 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39949 child or subdocument.
39950 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39951 without its master.
39952 This way child documents are always compilable.
39953 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39964 \begin_layout Section
39968 \begin_layout Standard
39969 Modules are explained in section
39970 \begin_inset space ~
39974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39976 reference "sub:Modules"
39983 \begin_layout Section
39987 \begin_layout Standard
39988 The document font settings are described in section
39989 \begin_inset space ~
39993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39995 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
40002 \begin_layout Section
40006 \begin_layout Standard
40007 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
40009 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
40013 \begin_layout Standard
40014 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
40015 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
40016 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
40019 \begin_layout Standard
40020 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
40028 \begin_layout Section
40032 \begin_layout Standard
40033 A description of this menu is given in section
40034 \begin_inset space ~
40038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40040 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
40045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40047 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
40054 \begin_layout Section
40058 \begin_layout Standard
40059 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
40060 \begin_inset space ~
40064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40066 reference "sub:Margins"
40073 \begin_layout Section
40075 \begin_inset Index idx
40078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40079 Language ! Encoding
40087 \begin_layout Standard
40088 The document language and quote styles are set here.
40089 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
40090 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
40091 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
40092 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
40093 known for a particular character).
40097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40098 The known commands are defined in a text file.
40099 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
40104 manual for details.
40112 \begin_layout Standard
40113 If you use the option
40117 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
40118 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
40119 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
40120 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
40121 exactly one encoding.
40122 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
40125 \begin_layout Standard
40126 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
40127 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
40128 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
40129 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
40130 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
40131 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
40136 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
40137 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
40138 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
40139 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
40140 engines to standard LaTeX.
40141 Both engines support Unicode natively.
40142 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
40145 \begin_inset space ~
40152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40164 \begin_inset space ~
40171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40183 \begin_inset space ~
40189 \begin_inset space ~
40193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40195 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
40199 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
40202 \begin_layout Standard
40203 Here is a list with the important encodings:
40206 \begin_layout Description
40208 \begin_inset space ~
40212 \begin_inset space ~
40216 \begin_inset space ~
40223 , but the LaTeX-package
40228 \begin_inset Index idx
40231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40232 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40238 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
40239 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
40240 languages in TeX code.
40243 \begin_layout Description
40244 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
40245 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
40246 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
40249 \begin_layout Description
40251 \begin_inset space ~
40255 \begin_inset space ~
40258 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
40261 \begin_layout Description
40263 \begin_inset space ~
40267 \begin_inset space ~
40270 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
40273 \begin_layout Description
40275 \begin_inset space ~
40278 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
40281 \begin_layout Description
40283 \begin_inset space ~
40287 \begin_inset space ~
40290 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
40291 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
40294 \begin_layout Description
40296 \begin_inset space ~
40300 \begin_inset space ~
40303 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
40307 \begin_layout Description
40309 \begin_inset space ~
40313 \begin_inset space ~
40316 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
40317 ISO-8859-13 encoding
40320 \begin_layout Description
40322 \begin_inset space ~
40326 \begin_inset space ~
40330 \begin_inset space ~
40333 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
40334 \begin_inset space ~
40340 \begin_layout Description
40342 \begin_inset space ~
40346 \begin_inset space ~
40350 \begin_inset space ~
40353 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
40354 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
40357 \begin_layout Description
40359 \begin_inset space ~
40363 \begin_inset space ~
40366 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
40367 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
40368 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
40369 \begin_inset space ~
40373 \begin_inset space ~
40379 \begin_layout Description
40381 \begin_inset space ~
40385 \begin_inset space ~
40388 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
40389 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
40390 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
40391 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
40392 \begin_inset space ~
40396 \begin_inset space ~
40402 \begin_layout Description
40404 \begin_inset space ~
40408 \begin_inset space ~
40411 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
40414 \begin_layout Description
40416 \begin_inset space ~
40420 \begin_inset space ~
40423 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
40426 \begin_layout Description
40428 \begin_inset space ~
40432 \begin_inset space ~
40435 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
40438 \begin_layout Description
40440 \begin_inset space ~
40443 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
40446 \begin_layout Description
40448 \begin_inset space ~
40451 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
40454 \begin_layout Description
40456 \begin_inset space ~
40460 \begin_inset space ~
40463 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
40466 \begin_layout Description
40468 \begin_inset space ~
40472 \begin_inset space ~
40478 \begin_layout Description
40480 \begin_inset space ~
40484 \begin_inset space ~
40487 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
40490 \begin_layout Description
40492 \begin_inset space ~
40496 \begin_inset space ~
40502 \begin_layout Description
40504 \begin_inset space ~
40508 \begin_inset space ~
40511 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40516 \begin_inset Index idx
40519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40520 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40525 , when using this, set the document language to
40530 \begin_layout Description
40532 \begin_inset space ~
40536 \begin_inset space ~
40539 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40543 , when using this, set the document language to
40546 \begin_inset space ~
40552 \begin_layout Description
40554 \begin_inset space ~
40558 \begin_inset space ~
40561 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40566 \begin_inset Index idx
40569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40570 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
40575 , when using this, set the document language to
40580 \begin_layout Description
40582 \begin_inset space ~
40586 \begin_inset space ~
40589 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40593 , when using this, set the document language to
40598 \begin_layout Description
40600 \begin_inset space ~
40604 \begin_inset space ~
40607 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40611 , when using this, set the document language to
40616 \begin_layout Description
40618 \begin_inset space ~
40621 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40624 \begin_layout Description
40626 \begin_inset space ~
40630 \begin_inset space ~
40634 \begin_inset space ~
40637 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
40640 \begin_layout Description
40642 \begin_inset space ~
40646 \begin_inset space ~
40650 \begin_inset space ~
40653 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40654 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
40655 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40658 \begin_layout Description
40660 \begin_inset space ~
40664 \begin_inset space ~
40670 \begin_layout Description
40672 \begin_inset space ~
40676 \begin_inset space ~
40679 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40680 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40683 \begin_layout Description
40685 \begin_inset space ~
40689 \begin_inset space ~
40692 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40697 \begin_inset Index idx
40700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40701 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40706 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40709 \begin_layout Description
40711 \begin_inset space ~
40715 \begin_inset space ~
40718 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40726 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40731 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
40733 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
40736 \begin_layout Description
40738 \begin_inset space ~
40742 \begin_inset space ~
40745 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40750 \begin_inset Index idx
40753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40754 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40759 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40762 \begin_layout Description
40764 \begin_inset space ~
40767 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40772 \begin_inset Index idx
40775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40776 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40782 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40786 \begin_layout Description
40788 \begin_inset space ~
40792 \begin_inset space ~
40796 \begin_inset space ~
40799 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40800 \begin_inset space ~
40806 \begin_layout Description
40808 \begin_inset space ~
40812 \begin_inset space ~
40816 \begin_inset space ~
40819 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40820 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40821 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
40825 \begin_layout Description
40827 \begin_inset space ~
40831 \begin_inset space ~
40835 \begin_inset space ~
40838 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40839 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40842 \begin_layout Section
40846 \begin_layout Standard
40847 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40848 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40849 \begin_inset space ~
40853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40855 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40862 \begin_layout Section
40866 \begin_layout Standard
40867 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40872 \begin_inset Index idx
40875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40876 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40886 \begin_inset Index idx
40889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40890 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40895 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40900 \begin_inset Index idx
40903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40904 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40909 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40911 For a further description see section
40912 \begin_inset space ~
40916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40918 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40925 \begin_layout Section
40929 \begin_layout Standard
40930 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40931 and you can define additional indexes.
40932 Please refer to section
40933 \begin_inset space ~
40937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40939 reference "sec:Index"
40946 \begin_layout Section
40950 \begin_layout Standard
40951 The PDF properties are explained in section
40952 \begin_inset space ~
40956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40958 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40965 \begin_layout Section
40969 \begin_layout Standard
40970 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40975 \begin_inset Index idx
40978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40979 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40989 \begin_inset Index idx
40992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40993 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40998 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
41001 \begin_layout Standard
41006 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
41007 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
41010 \begin_layout Standard
41015 is used for special integral characters.
41018 \begin_layout Section
41022 \begin_layout Standard
41023 The float placement options are described in section
41024 \begin_inset space ~
41028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41030 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
41037 \begin_layout Section
41041 \begin_layout Standard
41042 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
41043 The itemize environment is described in section
41044 \begin_inset space ~
41048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41050 reference "sec:Itemize"
41057 \begin_layout Section
41061 \begin_layout Standard
41062 Branches are described in section
41063 \begin_inset space ~
41067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41069 reference "sec:Branches"
41076 \begin_layout Section
41081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41091 \begin_layout Standard
41092 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
41093 to define LaTeX-commands.
41094 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
41095 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
41099 \begin_layout Standard
41100 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
41101 \begin_inset space ~
41105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41107 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
41114 \begin_layout Chapter
41120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41122 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
41127 \begin_inset Index idx
41130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41139 \begin_layout Standard
41140 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
41142 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41146 It has the following submenus.
41149 \begin_layout Section
41153 \begin_layout Subsection
41157 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41158 User Interface File
41159 \begin_inset Index idx
41162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41163 Customization ! of toolbars
41169 \begin_inset Index idx
41172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41173 Customization ! of menus
41181 \begin_layout Standard
41182 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41190 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
41199 \begin_layout Standard
41200 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
41201 interface (ui) file.
41202 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
41203 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
41212 Both files are loaded by the
41217 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
41218 files and edit the entries.
41221 \begin_layout Standard
41222 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
41234 entries must be ended with an explicit
41259 and in the case of the
41260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41272 The syntax for the entries is:
41275 \begin_layout Standard
41276 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
41282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41304 \begin_layout Standard
41306 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
41309 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
41311 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41313 \begin_inset space ~
41321 \begin_layout Standard
41322 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41328 \begin_layout Standard
41329 An example: Assuming you use the menu
41331 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41334 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
41338 \begin_layout Standard
41339 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
41345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41363 \begin_layout Standard
41365 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
41368 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
41371 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41375 \begin_layout Standard
41378 Enable tool tips in main work area
41380 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
41384 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41388 \begin_layout Standard
41392 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41396 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41399 restoring of window layout and geometries
41401 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
41402 in the last LyX session.
41405 \begin_layout Standard
41408 Restore cursor positions
41410 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
41414 \begin_layout Standard
41417 Load opened files from last session
41419 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
41422 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41424 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41426 name "sub:Backup documents"
41431 \begin_inset Index idx
41434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41443 \begin_layout Standard
41448 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
41451 \begin_layout Standard
41456 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
41459 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41461 \begin_inset space ~
41469 \begin_layout Standard
41472 Open documents in tabs
41474 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
41478 \begin_layout Subsection
41480 \begin_inset Index idx
41483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41492 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
41499 \begin_layout Standard
41500 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
41503 \begin_layout Standard
41504 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41512 This section only deals with the fonts
41517 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
41520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41521 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41532 \begin_layout Standard
41533 By default, LyX uses
41537 as roman (serif) font,
41545 (depends on the system) as
41548 \begin_inset space ~
41564 \begin_layout Standard
41565 You can change the font size with the
41570 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
41571 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41574 \begin_layout Standard
41579 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41580 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41582 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41585 points have the size of 1
41586 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41590 \begin_inset space ~
41594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41596 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41603 \begin_layout Standard
41608 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41609 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41613 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41614 \begin_inset space ~
41618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41620 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41627 \begin_layout Standard
41630 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41632 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41633 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41634 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41635 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41637 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41638 \begin_inset space ~
41644 \begin_layout Subsection
41646 \begin_inset Index idx
41649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41656 \begin_inset Index idx
41659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41668 \begin_layout Standard
41669 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41670 Choose an item in the list and use the
41677 \begin_layout Subsection
41679 \begin_inset Index idx
41682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41691 \begin_layout Standard
41692 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41695 \begin_layout Standard
41700 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41701 This feature is described in section
41702 \begin_inset space ~
41706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41708 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41715 \begin_layout Standard
41719 \begin_inset space ~
41723 \begin_inset space ~
41727 \begin_inset space ~
41732 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41735 \begin_layout Section
41737 \begin_inset Index idx
41740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41749 \begin_layout Subsection
41753 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41757 \begin_layout Standard
41760 Cursor follows scrollbar
41762 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41766 \begin_layout Standard
41769 Sort environments alphabetically
41771 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41774 \begin_layout Standard
41777 Group environments by their category
41779 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41782 \begin_layout Standard
41783 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41795 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41799 \begin_layout Standard
41800 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41805 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41806 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41810 \begin_layout Subsection
41812 \begin_inset Index idx
41815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41822 \begin_inset Index idx
41825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41826 Settings ! Shortcuts
41834 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41838 \begin_layout Standard
41839 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41840 Several binding files are available:
41843 \begin_layout Description
41844 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41847 \begin_layout Description
41848 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41859 \begin_layout Description
41860 mac.bind set of bindings for
41863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41871 \begin_layout Standard
41872 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41876 , and bind files for special languages.
41877 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41878 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41882 \begin_inset space \space{}
41886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41894 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41898 \begin_layout Standard
41899 Some bind-files, like
41903 , have only a small scope.
41904 When looking at the end of the file
41908 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41911 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41913 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41915 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41920 \begin_inset Index idx
41923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41924 Key Bindings ! Editing
41932 \begin_layout Standard
41933 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41934 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41935 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41938 Show key-bindings containing
41941 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41942 Insert there for example as keyword
41943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41950 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41960 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41961 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41965 that you will find in the
41972 \begin_layout Standard
41974 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41978 \begin_inset space \space{}
41989 , select the function and press the
41994 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41995 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41996 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41997 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41998 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
42000 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
42002 The binding for the function
42006 is an example of this.
42009 \begin_layout Standard
42010 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
42012 The syntax of the entries is:
42015 \begin_layout Standard
42021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42039 \begin_layout Subsection
42041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42043 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
42048 \begin_inset Index idx
42051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42058 \begin_inset Index idx
42061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42062 Settings ! Keyboard Map
42070 \begin_layout Standard
42071 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
42072 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
42074 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42078 \begin_inset space \space{}
42081 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
42082 can use the keyboard map file named
42089 \begin_layout Standard
42090 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42098 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
42106 \begin_layout Standard
42107 Besides this, you can specify here the
42109 Wheel scrolling speed
42112 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
42116 \begin_layout Subsection
42118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42120 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
42125 \begin_inset Index idx
42128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42137 \begin_layout Standard
42138 Input completion is described in sec.
42139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42145 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
42150 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
42152 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
42153 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
42157 \begin_layout Section
42159 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42166 \begin_inset Index idx
42169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42176 \begin_inset Index idx
42179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42188 \begin_layout Description
42190 \begin_inset space ~
42193 directory This is LyX's working directory.
42194 It is the default when you
42205 \begin_inset space ~
42213 \begin_layout Description
42215 \begin_inset space ~
42218 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
42220 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42222 \begin_inset space ~
42226 \begin_inset space ~
42234 \begin_layout Description
42236 \begin_inset space ~
42239 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
42245 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42249 \begin_inset Newline newline
42253 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42265 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
42273 \begin_layout Description
42275 \begin_inset space ~
42279 \begin_inset Index idx
42282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42288 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
42289 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
42290 \begin_inset space ~
42294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42296 reference "sub:Backup documents"
42304 will be used to save the backups.
42305 \begin_inset Newline newline
42308 The backup files have the ending
42309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42319 \begin_layout Description
42324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42331 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
42332 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
42333 \begin_inset Newline newline
42337 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42345 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
42353 \begin_layout Description
42355 \begin_inset space ~
42358 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
42361 \begin_layout Description
42363 \begin_inset space ~
42366 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
42367 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
42368 to find it on the system.
42369 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
42370 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
42372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42376 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42379 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
42380 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
42384 \begin_layout Section
42388 \begin_layout Standard
42389 Here you can insert your name and email address.
42390 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
42392 \begin_inset space ~
42396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42398 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42402 , to mark changes you make as yours.
42405 \begin_layout Section
42407 \begin_inset Index idx
42410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42411 Language ! Settings
42417 \begin_inset Index idx
42420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42421 Settings ! Language
42429 \begin_layout Subsection
42433 \begin_layout Description
42435 \begin_inset space ~
42439 \begin_inset space ~
42442 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
42443 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
42444 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
42445 You find the actual translation status here:
42446 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42448 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
42449 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
42456 \begin_layout Description
42458 \begin_inset space ~
42461 language is the language used in new documents
42464 \begin_layout Description
42466 \begin_inset space ~
42469 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
42471 The default is the LaTeX-command
42477 that loads the package
42485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42486 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
42487 \begin_inset space ~
42491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42493 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
42503 \begin_inset Newline newline
42510 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
42511 to the document language.
42512 A text label is, for instance, the word
42513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42520 at the beginning of every table caption.
42523 \begin_layout Description
42525 \begin_inset space ~
42528 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
42529 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
42530 An example is the start command
42536 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
42541 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42556 selectlanguage{$$lang}
42561 \begin_layout Description
42563 \begin_inset space ~
42571 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42572 command toggles the package on and off.
42575 \begin_layout Description
42577 \begin_inset space ~
42587 \begin_layout Description
42588 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42589 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42590 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42591 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42598 \begin_layout Description
42600 \begin_inset space ~
42603 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42605 When this option is not set, the
42608 \begin_inset space ~
42613 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42614 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42617 \begin_inset space ~
42625 \begin_layout Description
42627 \begin_inset space ~
42633 \begin_inset space ~
42639 When it is not set, the
42642 \begin_inset space ~
42647 is set to the end of the document.
42650 \begin_layout Description
42652 \begin_inset space ~
42656 \begin_inset space ~
42659 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42660 language will be underlined blue.
42663 \begin_layout Description
42665 \begin_inset space ~
42669 \begin_inset space ~
42672 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42673 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42676 \begin_layout Description
42678 \begin_inset space ~
42681 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42682 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42683 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42684 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42687 \begin_layout Subsection
42691 \begin_layout Standard
42692 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42693 \begin_inset space ~
42697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42699 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42706 \begin_layout Section
42710 \begin_layout Subsection
42712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42719 \begin_inset Index idx
42722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42729 \begin_inset Index idx
42732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42741 \begin_layout Description
42743 \begin_inset space ~
42746 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42747 The name will be used when the
42752 \begin_inset Newline newline
42756 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42764 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42772 \begin_layout Description
42774 \begin_inset space ~
42778 \begin_inset space ~
42782 \begin_inset space ~
42785 printer This option works only for the
42790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42802 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42803 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42806 \begin_layout Description
42808 \begin_inset space ~
42811 command is the command LyX
42812 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42816 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42819 LaTeX uses for printing.
42820 The default is on most systems
42827 \begin_layout Description
42829 \begin_inset space ~
42833 \begin_inset space ~
42836 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42837 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42838 of the program that provides the
42845 \begin_layout Subsection
42847 \begin_inset Index idx
42850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42857 \begin_inset Index idx
42860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42861 Settings ! Date format
42869 \begin_layout Standard
42870 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42871 \begin_inset Newline newline
42875 \begin_inset Flex URL
42878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42880 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42886 \begin_inset Newline newline
42889 For example the format
42890 \begin_inset Newline newline
42894 \begin_inset Newline newline
42897 prints the date as day/month/year.
42900 \begin_layout Subsection
42904 \begin_layout Description
42906 \begin_inset space ~
42910 \begin_inset space ~
42913 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42916 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42917 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42919 \begin_inset space ~
42925 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42929 \begin_layout Description
42931 \begin_inset space ~
42934 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42939 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42940 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42943 \begin_layout Subsection
42948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42958 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42963 \begin_inset Index idx
42966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42975 \begin_layout Description
42980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42988 \begin_inset space ~
42991 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42996 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
43018 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
43019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43031 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
43032 LyX sets up in the background.
43033 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
43036 \begin_layout Description
43038 \begin_inset space ~
43042 \begin_inset space ~
43045 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
43050 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
43053 \begin_layout Standard
43054 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
43055 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
43056 manuals of the applications.
43057 Currently the following commands can be set:
43060 \begin_layout Description
43065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43073 \begin_inset space ~
43076 command Command for the program
43080 that is described in the section
43086 Additional Features
43091 \begin_layout Description
43096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43104 \begin_inset space ~
43107 command Command for the program
43111 that generates the bibliography, see section
43112 \begin_inset space ~
43116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43118 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
43125 \begin_layout Description
43127 \begin_inset space ~
43130 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
43131 \begin_inset space ~
43135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43137 reference "sub:Index-Program"
43144 \begin_layout Description
43146 \begin_inset space ~
43149 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
43150 \begin_inset space ~
43154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43156 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
43163 \begin_layout Description
43165 \begin_inset space ~
43169 \begin_inset space ~
43173 \begin_inset space ~
43177 \begin_inset space ~
43180 options They only have an effect when the program
43184 is used as DVI-viewer.
43187 \begin_layout Standard
43188 There are additionally the following options:
43191 \begin_layout Description
43193 \begin_inset space ~
43197 \begin_inset space ~
43201 \begin_inset space ~
43205 \begin_inset space ~
43209 \begin_inset space ~
43212 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
43213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43230 to separate folders.
43231 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
43232 \begin_inset Index idx
43235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43242 \begin_inset Index idx
43245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43254 \begin_layout Description
43256 \begin_inset space ~
43260 \begin_inset space ~
43264 \begin_inset space ~
43268 \begin_inset space ~
43272 \begin_inset space ~
43276 \begin_inset space ~
43279 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
43281 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43284 dialog when changing the document class.
43287 \begin_layout Section
43289 \begin_inset space ~
43293 \begin_inset Index idx
43296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43305 \begin_layout Subsection
43307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43309 name "sub:Converters"
43314 \begin_inset Index idx
43317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43326 \begin_layout Standard
43327 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
43328 from one format to another.
43329 You can modify them or create new ones.
43330 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
43337 \begin_inset space ~
43347 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
43351 \begin_inset space ~
43356 drop-down list, modify the
43360 field, and press the
43367 \begin_layout Standard
43370 Converter File Cache
43372 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
43375 Maximum Age (in days
43378 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
43379 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
43382 \begin_layout Standard
43383 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
43384 the converter definition, is described in the section
43395 \begin_layout Subsection
43397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43399 name "sec:File-Formats"
43404 \begin_inset Index idx
43407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43414 \begin_inset Index idx
43417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43426 \begin_layout Standard
43427 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
43428 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
43432 \begin_layout Standard
43433 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
43434 is described in the section
43445 \begin_layout Standard
43446 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
43447 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
43448 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
43449 This is done by specifying a
43454 More about this is described in the section
43465 \begin_layout Chapter
43466 Units available in LyX
43467 \begin_inset Index idx
43470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43479 name "cha:Units-available-in"
43486 \begin_layout Standard
43487 To understand the units described in this documentation,
43488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43490 reference "cap:Units"
43494 explains all units available in LyX.
43497 \begin_layout Standard
43498 \begin_inset Float table
43504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43505 \begin_inset Caption
43507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43523 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43531 \begin_inset Tabular
43532 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
43533 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
43534 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43535 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43631 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43635 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43659 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43663 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43686 scaled point (65536
43687 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43691 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43715 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43719 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43743 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43747 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43775 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43779 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43802 % of original image width
43809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43995 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44016 \begin_layout Chapter
44018 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44027 \begin_layout Standard
44028 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
44029 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
44032 \begin_layout Itemize
44035 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
44038 \begin_layout Itemize
44044 \begin_layout Itemize
44050 \begin_layout Itemize
44056 \begin_layout Itemize
44062 \begin_layout Itemize
44068 \begin_layout Itemize
44074 \begin_layout Itemize
44080 \begin_layout Itemize
44083 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
44086 \begin_layout Itemize
44092 \begin_layout Itemize
44098 \begin_layout Itemize
44104 \begin_layout Itemize
44110 \begin_layout Itemize
44116 \begin_layout Itemize
44122 \begin_layout Itemize
44128 \begin_layout Itemize
44134 \begin_layout Itemize
44136 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44145 \begin_layout Standard
44146 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44149 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
44156 \begin_layout Bibliography
44157 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44158 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44159 LatexCommand bibitem
44166 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44169 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
44174 \begin_inset Newline newline
44178 \begin_inset Flex URL
44181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44183 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
44191 \begin_layout Bibliography
44192 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44193 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44194 LatexCommand bibitem
44195 key "latexcompanion"
44199 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
44201 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
44204 Addison-Wesley, 2004
44207 \begin_layout Bibliography
44208 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44209 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44210 LatexCommand bibitem
44215 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
44218 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
44221 Addison-Wesley, 2003
44224 \begin_layout Bibliography
44225 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44226 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44227 LatexCommand bibitem
44234 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
44237 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
44240 \begin_layout Bibliography
44241 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44242 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44243 LatexCommand bibitem
44255 Addison-Wesley, 1984
44258 \begin_layout Bibliography
44259 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44260 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44261 LatexCommand bibitem
44267 \begin_inset Newline newline
44271 \begin_inset Flex URL
44274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44276 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
44284 \begin_layout Bibliography
44285 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44286 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44287 LatexCommand bibitem
44293 \begin_inset Newline newline
44297 \begin_inset Flex URL
44300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44302 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
44310 \begin_layout Bibliography
44311 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44312 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44313 LatexCommand bibitem
44319 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44321 name "Documentation"
44322 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
44331 \begin_inset Newline newline
44335 \begin_inset Flex URL
44338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44340 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
44348 \begin_layout Bibliography
44349 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44350 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44351 LatexCommand bibitem
44357 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44359 name "Documentation"
44360 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
44364 how to use the program
44369 \begin_inset Newline newline
44373 \begin_inset Flex URL
44376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44378 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
44386 \begin_layout Bibliography
44387 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44388 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44389 LatexCommand bibitem
44395 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44397 name "Documentation"
44398 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
44407 \begin_inset Newline newline
44411 \begin_inset Flex URL
44414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44416 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
44424 \begin_layout Bibliography
44425 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44426 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44427 LatexCommand bibitem
44433 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44435 name "Documentation"
44436 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
44445 \begin_inset Newline newline
44449 \begin_inset Flex URL
44452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44454 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
44462 \begin_layout Bibliography
44463 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44464 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44465 LatexCommand bibitem
44471 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44473 name "Documentation"
44474 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
44478 of the LaTeX-package
44483 \begin_inset Index idx
44486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44487 LaTeX-packages ! caption
44493 \begin_inset Newline newline
44497 \begin_inset Flex URL
44500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44502 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
44510 \begin_layout Bibliography
44511 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44512 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44513 LatexCommand bibitem
44519 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44521 name "Documentation"
44522 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
44526 of the LaTeX-package
44531 \begin_inset Index idx
44534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44535 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
44541 \begin_inset Newline newline
44545 \begin_inset Flex URL
44548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44550 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
44558 \begin_layout Bibliography
44559 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44560 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44561 LatexCommand bibitem
44569 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44571 name "Documentation"
44572 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44578 of the LaTeX-package
44583 \begin_inset Index idx
44586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44587 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44593 \begin_inset Newline newline
44597 \begin_inset Flex URL
44600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44602 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44610 \begin_layout Bibliography
44611 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44612 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44613 LatexCommand bibitem
44619 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44621 name "Documentation"
44622 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44626 of the LaTeX-package
44631 \begin_inset Index idx
44634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44635 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44641 \begin_inset Newline newline
44645 \begin_inset Flex URL
44648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44650 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44658 \begin_layout Bibliography
44659 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44660 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44661 LatexCommand bibitem
44667 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44669 name "Documentation"
44670 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44674 of the LaTeX-package
44679 \begin_inset Index idx
44682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44683 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44689 \begin_inset Newline newline
44693 \begin_inset Flex URL
44696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44698 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44706 \begin_layout Bibliography
44707 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44708 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44709 LatexCommand bibitem
44715 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44717 name "Documentation"
44718 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44722 of the LaTeX-package
44727 \begin_inset Index idx
44730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44731 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44737 \begin_inset Newline newline
44741 \begin_inset Flex URL
44744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44746 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44754 \begin_layout Bibliography
44755 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44756 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44757 LatexCommand bibitem
44763 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44766 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44770 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44771 \begin_inset Newline newline
44775 \begin_inset Flex URL
44778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44780 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44788 \begin_layout Bibliography
44789 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44790 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44791 LatexCommand bibitem
44797 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44800 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44804 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44805 \begin_inset Newline newline
44809 \begin_inset Flex URL
44812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44814 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44822 \begin_layout Bibliography
44823 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44824 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44825 LatexCommand bibitem
44831 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44834 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44838 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44839 \begin_inset Newline newline
44843 \begin_inset Flex URL
44846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44848 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44856 \begin_layout Bibliography
44857 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44858 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44859 LatexCommand bibitem
44865 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44868 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44872 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44873 \begin_inset Newline newline
44877 \begin_inset Flex URL
44880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44882 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44890 \begin_layout Bibliography
44891 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44892 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44893 LatexCommand bibitem
44899 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44902 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44906 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44907 \begin_inset Newline newline
44911 \begin_inset Flex URL
44914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44916 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44924 \begin_layout Bibliography
44925 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44926 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44927 LatexCommand bibitem
44933 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44936 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44940 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44941 \begin_inset Newline newline
44945 \begin_inset Flex URL
44948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44950 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44958 \begin_layout Bibliography
44959 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44960 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44961 LatexCommand bibitem
44967 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44970 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44974 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44975 \begin_inset Newline newline
44979 \begin_inset Flex URL
44982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44984 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44992 \begin_layout Bibliography
44993 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44994 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44995 LatexCommand bibitem
45001 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45004 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
45008 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
45009 \begin_inset Newline newline
45013 \begin_inset Flex URL
45016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45018 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
45026 \begin_layout Bibliography
45027 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45028 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45029 LatexCommand bibitem
45035 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45038 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
45042 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
45043 \begin_inset Newline newline
45047 \begin_inset Flex URL
45050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45052 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
45060 \begin_layout Bibliography
45061 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45062 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45063 LatexCommand bibitem
45069 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45072 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
45076 about new features in
45081 \begin_inset Newline newline
45085 \begin_inset Flex URL
45088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45090 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
45098 \begin_layout Standard
45099 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
45106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45133 \begin_inset Note Note
45136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45143 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
45144 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
45145 bibliography is the second one:
45153 \begin_layout Standard
45154 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
45155 LatexCommand bibtex
45156 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
45157 options "biblio/alphadin"
45164 \begin_layout Standard
45165 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
45168 \begin_layout Standard
45169 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
45170 LatexCommand printnomenclature
45176 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
45177 LatexCommand printindex